2 // This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
4 // Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
7 // (at your option) any later version.
9 // Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 // GNU General Public License for more details.
14 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 // along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 * moodlelib.php - Moodle main library
20 * Main library file of miscellaneous general-purpose Moodle functions.
21 * Other main libraries:
22 * - weblib.php - functions that produce web output
23 * - datalib.php - functions that access the database
27 * @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com
28 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
31 defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') ||
die();
33 // CONSTANTS (Encased in phpdoc proper comments).
35 // Date and time constants.
37 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a year
39 define('YEARSECS', 31536000);
42 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a week
44 define('WEEKSECS', 604800);
47 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a day
49 define('DAYSECS', 86400);
52 * Time constant - the number of seconds in an hour
54 define('HOURSECS', 3600);
57 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a minute
59 define('MINSECS', 60);
62 * Time constant - the number of minutes in a day
64 define('DAYMINS', 1440);
67 * Time constant - the number of minutes in an hour
69 define('HOURMINS', 60);
71 // Parameter constants - every call to optional_param(), required_param()
72 // or clean_param() should have a specified type of parameter.
75 * PARAM_ALPHA - contains only english ascii letters a-zA-Z.
77 define('PARAM_ALPHA', 'alpha');
80 * PARAM_ALPHAEXT the same contents as PARAM_ALPHA plus the chars in quotes: "_-" allowed
81 * NOTE: originally this allowed "/" too, please use PARAM_SAFEPATH if "/" needed
83 define('PARAM_ALPHAEXT', 'alphaext');
86 * PARAM_ALPHANUM - expected numbers and letters only.
88 define('PARAM_ALPHANUM', 'alphanum');
91 * PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT - expected numbers, letters only and _-.
93 define('PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT', 'alphanumext');
96 * PARAM_AUTH - actually checks to make sure the string is a valid auth plugin
98 define('PARAM_AUTH', 'auth');
101 * PARAM_BASE64 - Base 64 encoded format
103 define('PARAM_BASE64', 'base64');
106 * PARAM_BOOL - converts input into 0 or 1, use for switches in forms and urls.
108 define('PARAM_BOOL', 'bool');
111 * PARAM_CAPABILITY - A capability name, like 'moodle/role:manage'. Actually
112 * checked against the list of capabilities in the database.
114 define('PARAM_CAPABILITY', 'capability');
117 * PARAM_CLEANHTML - cleans submitted HTML code. Note that you almost never want
118 * to use this. The normal mode of operation is to use PARAM_RAW when receiving
119 * the input (required/optional_param or formslib) and then sanitise the HTML
120 * using format_text on output. This is for the rare cases when you want to
121 * sanitise the HTML on input. This cleaning may also fix xhtml strictness.
123 define('PARAM_CLEANHTML', 'cleanhtml');
126 * PARAM_EMAIL - an email address following the RFC
128 define('PARAM_EMAIL', 'email');
131 * PARAM_FILE - safe file name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory traversals
133 define('PARAM_FILE', 'file');
136 * PARAM_FLOAT - a real/floating point number.
138 * Note that you should not use PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user.
139 * It does not work for languages that use , as a decimal separator.
140 * Instead, do something like
141 * $rawvalue = required_param('name', PARAM_RAW);
142 * // ... other code including require_login, which sets current lang ...
143 * $realvalue = unformat_float($rawvalue);
144 * // ... then use $realvalue
146 define('PARAM_FLOAT', 'float');
149 * PARAM_HOST - expected fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or an IPv4 dotted quad (IP address)
151 define('PARAM_HOST', 'host');
154 * PARAM_INT - integers only, use when expecting only numbers.
156 define('PARAM_INT', 'int');
159 * PARAM_LANG - checks to see if the string is a valid installed language in the current site.
161 define('PARAM_LANG', 'lang');
164 * PARAM_LOCALURL - expected properly formatted URL as well as one that refers to the local server itself. (NOT orthogonal to the
165 * others! Implies PARAM_URL!)
167 define('PARAM_LOCALURL', 'localurl');
170 * PARAM_NOTAGS - all html tags are stripped from the text. Do not abuse this type.
172 define('PARAM_NOTAGS', 'notags');
175 * PARAM_PATH - safe relative path name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory
176 * traversals note: the leading slash is not removed, window drive letter is not allowed
178 define('PARAM_PATH', 'path');
181 * PARAM_PEM - Privacy Enhanced Mail format
183 define('PARAM_PEM', 'pem');
186 * PARAM_PERMISSION - A permission, one of CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT or CAP_PROHIBIT.
188 define('PARAM_PERMISSION', 'permission');
191 * PARAM_RAW specifies a parameter that is not cleaned/processed in any way except the discarding of the invalid utf-8 characters
193 define('PARAM_RAW', 'raw');
196 * PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED like PARAM_RAW but leading and trailing whitespace is stripped.
198 define('PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED', 'raw_trimmed');
201 * PARAM_SAFEDIR - safe directory name, suitable for include() and require()
203 define('PARAM_SAFEDIR', 'safedir');
206 * PARAM_SAFEPATH - several PARAM_SAFEDIR joined by "/", suitable for include() and require(), plugin paths, etc.
208 define('PARAM_SAFEPATH', 'safepath');
211 * PARAM_SEQUENCE - expects a sequence of numbers like 8 to 1,5,6,4,6,8,9. Numbers and comma only.
213 define('PARAM_SEQUENCE', 'sequence');
216 * PARAM_TAG - one tag (interests, blogs, etc.) - mostly international characters and space, <> not supported
218 define('PARAM_TAG', 'tag');
221 * PARAM_TAGLIST - list of tags separated by commas (interests, blogs, etc.)
223 define('PARAM_TAGLIST', 'taglist');
226 * PARAM_TEXT - general plain text compatible with multilang filter, no other html tags. Please note '<', or '>' are allowed here.
228 define('PARAM_TEXT', 'text');
231 * PARAM_THEME - Checks to see if the string is a valid theme name in the current site
233 define('PARAM_THEME', 'theme');
236 * PARAM_URL - expected properly formatted URL. Please note that domain part is required, http://localhost/ is not accepted but
237 * http://localhost.localdomain/ is ok.
239 define('PARAM_URL', 'url');
242 * PARAM_USERNAME - Clean username to only contains allowed characters. This is to be used ONLY when manually creating user
243 * accounts, do NOT use when syncing with external systems!!
245 define('PARAM_USERNAME', 'username');
248 * PARAM_STRINGID - used to check if the given string is valid string identifier for get_string()
250 define('PARAM_STRINGID', 'stringid');
252 // DEPRECATED PARAM TYPES OR ALIASES - DO NOT USE FOR NEW CODE.
254 * PARAM_CLEAN - obsoleted, please use a more specific type of parameter.
255 * It was one of the first types, that is why it is abused so much ;-)
256 * @deprecated since 2.0
258 define('PARAM_CLEAN', 'clean');
261 * PARAM_INTEGER - deprecated alias for PARAM_INT
262 * @deprecated since 2.0
264 define('PARAM_INTEGER', 'int');
267 * PARAM_NUMBER - deprecated alias of PARAM_FLOAT
268 * @deprecated since 2.0
270 define('PARAM_NUMBER', 'float');
273 * PARAM_ACTION - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for various actions in forms and urls
274 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
275 * @deprecated since 2.0
277 define('PARAM_ACTION', 'alphanumext');
280 * PARAM_FORMAT - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for names of plugins, formats, etc.
281 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA
282 * @deprecated since 2.0
284 define('PARAM_FORMAT', 'alphanumext');
287 * PARAM_MULTILANG - deprecated alias of PARAM_TEXT.
288 * @deprecated since 2.0
290 define('PARAM_MULTILANG', 'text');
293 * PARAM_TIMEZONE - expected timezone. Timezone can be int +-(0-13) or float +-(0.5-12.5) or
294 * string separated by '/' and can have '-' &/ '_' (eg. America/North_Dakota/New_Salem
295 * America/Port-au-Prince)
297 define('PARAM_TIMEZONE', 'timezone');
300 * PARAM_CLEANFILE - deprecated alias of PARAM_FILE; originally was removing regional chars too
302 define('PARAM_CLEANFILE', 'file');
305 * PARAM_COMPONENT is used for full component names (aka frankenstyle) such as 'mod_forum', 'core_rating', 'auth_ldap'.
306 * Short legacy subsystem names and module names are accepted too ex: 'forum', 'rating', 'user'.
307 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
308 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names!
310 define('PARAM_COMPONENT', 'component');
313 * PARAM_AREA is a name of area used when addressing files, comments, ratings, etc.
314 * It is usually used together with context id and component.
315 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
317 define('PARAM_AREA', 'area');
320 * PARAM_PLUGIN is used for plugin names such as 'forum', 'glossary', 'ldap', 'paypal', 'completionstatus'.
321 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter.
322 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! Underscores are forbidden in module names.
324 define('PARAM_PLUGIN', 'plugin');
330 * VALUE_REQUIRED - if the parameter is not supplied, there is an error
332 define('VALUE_REQUIRED', 1);
335 * VALUE_OPTIONAL - if the parameter is not supplied, then the param has no value
337 define('VALUE_OPTIONAL', 2);
340 * VALUE_DEFAULT - if the parameter is not supplied, then the default value is used
342 define('VALUE_DEFAULT', 0);
345 * NULL_NOT_ALLOWED - the parameter can not be set to null in the database
347 define('NULL_NOT_ALLOWED', false);
350 * NULL_ALLOWED - the parameter can be set to null in the database
352 define('NULL_ALLOWED', true);
357 * PAGE_COURSE_VIEW is a definition of a page type. For more information on the page class see moodle/lib/pagelib.php.
359 define('PAGE_COURSE_VIEW', 'course-view');
361 /** Get remote addr constant */
362 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP', '1');
363 /** Get remote addr constant */
364 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR', '2');
366 // Blog access level constant declaration.
367 define ('BLOG_USER_LEVEL', 1);
368 define ('BLOG_GROUP_LEVEL', 2);
369 define ('BLOG_COURSE_LEVEL', 3);
370 define ('BLOG_SITE_LEVEL', 4);
371 define ('BLOG_GLOBAL_LEVEL', 5);
376 * To prevent problems with multibytes strings,Flag updating in nav not working on the review page. this should not exceed the
377 * length of "varchar(255) / 3 (bytes / utf-8 character) = 85".
378 * TODO: this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
380 * @todo define(TAG_MAX_LENGTH) this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-)
382 define('TAG_MAX_LENGTH', 50);
384 // Password policy constants.
385 define ('PASSWORD_LOWER', 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz');
386 define ('PASSWORD_UPPER', 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ');
387 define ('PASSWORD_DIGITS', '0123456789');
388 define ('PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM', '.,;:!?_-+/*@#&$');
390 // Feature constants.
391 // Used for plugin_supports() to report features that are, or are not, supported by a module.
393 /** True if module can provide a grade */
394 define('FEATURE_GRADE_HAS_GRADE', 'grade_has_grade');
395 /** True if module supports outcomes */
396 define('FEATURE_GRADE_OUTCOMES', 'outcomes');
397 /** True if module supports advanced grading methods */
398 define('FEATURE_ADVANCED_GRADING', 'grade_advanced_grading');
399 /** True if module controls the grade visibility over the gradebook */
400 define('FEATURE_CONTROLS_GRADE_VISIBILITY', 'controlsgradevisbility');
401 /** True if module supports plagiarism plugins */
402 define('FEATURE_PLAGIARISM', 'plagiarism');
404 /** True if module has code to track whether somebody viewed it */
405 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_TRACKS_VIEWS', 'completion_tracks_views');
406 /** True if module has custom completion rules */
407 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_HAS_RULES', 'completion_has_rules');
409 /** True if module has no 'view' page (like label) */
410 define('FEATURE_NO_VIEW_LINK', 'viewlink');
411 /** True (which is default) if the module wants support for setting the ID number for grade calculation purposes. */
412 define('FEATURE_IDNUMBER', 'idnumber');
413 /** True if module supports groups */
414 define('FEATURE_GROUPS', 'groups');
415 /** True if module supports groupings */
416 define('FEATURE_GROUPINGS', 'groupings');
418 * True if module supports groupmembersonly (which no longer exists)
419 * @deprecated Since Moodle 2.8
421 define('FEATURE_GROUPMEMBERSONLY', 'groupmembersonly');
423 /** Type of module */
424 define('FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE', 'mod_archetype');
425 /** True if module supports intro editor */
426 define('FEATURE_MOD_INTRO', 'mod_intro');
427 /** True if module has default completion */
428 define('FEATURE_MODEDIT_DEFAULT_COMPLETION', 'modedit_default_completion');
430 define('FEATURE_COMMENT', 'comment');
432 define('FEATURE_RATE', 'rate');
433 /** True if module supports backup/restore of moodle2 format */
434 define('FEATURE_BACKUP_MOODLE2', 'backup_moodle2');
436 /** True if module can show description on course main page */
437 define('FEATURE_SHOW_DESCRIPTION', 'showdescription');
439 /** True if module uses the question bank */
440 define('FEATURE_USES_QUESTIONS', 'usesquestions');
443 * Maximum filename char size
445 define('MAX_FILENAME_SIZE', 100);
447 /** Unspecified module archetype */
448 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_OTHER', 0);
449 /** Resource-like type module */
450 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_RESOURCE', 1);
451 /** Assignment module archetype */
452 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_ASSIGNMENT', 2);
453 /** System (not user-addable) module archetype */
454 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM', 3);
457 * Return this from modname_get_types callback to use default display in activity chooser.
458 * Deprecated, will be removed in 3.5, TODO MDL-53697.
459 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.1
461 define('MOD_SUBTYPE_NO_CHILDREN', 'modsubtypenochildren');
464 * Security token used for allowing access
465 * from external application such as web services.
466 * Scripts do not use any session, performance is relatively
467 * low because we need to load access info in each request.
468 * Scripts are executed in parallel.
470 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_PERMANENT', 0);
473 * Security token used for allowing access
474 * of embedded applications, the code is executed in the
475 * active user session. Token is invalidated after user logs out.
476 * Scripts are executed serially - normal session locking is used.
478 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_EMBEDDED', 1);
481 * The home page should be the site home
483 define('HOMEPAGE_SITE', 0);
485 * The home page should be the users my page
487 define('HOMEPAGE_MY', 1);
489 * The home page can be chosen by the user
491 define('HOMEPAGE_USER', 2);
494 * Hub directory url (should be moodle.org)
496 define('HUB_HUBDIRECTORYURL', "https://hubdirectory.moodle.org");
500 * Moodle.net url (should be moodle.net)
502 define('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL', "https://moodle.net");
503 define('HUB_OLDMOODLEORGHUBURL', "http://hub.moodle.org");
506 * Moodle mobile app service name
508 define('MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE', 'moodle_mobile_app');
511 * Indicates the user has the capabilities required to ignore activity and course file size restrictions
513 define('USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS', -1);
516 * Course display settings: display all sections on one page.
518 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_SINGLEPAGE', 0);
520 * Course display settings: split pages into a page per section.
522 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_MULTIPAGE', 1);
525 * Authentication constant: String used in password field when password is not stored.
527 define('AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED', 'not cached');
530 * Email from header to never include via information.
532 define('EMAIL_VIA_NEVER', 0);
535 * Email from header to always include via information.
537 define('EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS', 1);
540 * Email from header to only include via information if the address is no-reply.
542 define('EMAIL_VIA_NO_REPLY_ONLY', 2);
544 // PARAMETER HANDLING.
547 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
548 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
549 * thrown because we require this variable.
551 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
552 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
554 * $id = required_param('id', PARAM_INT);
556 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
558 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
559 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
561 * @throws coding_exception
563 function required_param($parname, $type) {
564 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
565 throw new coding_exception('required_param() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
567 // POST has precedence.
568 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
569 $param = $_POST[$parname];
570 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
571 $param = $_GET[$parname];
573 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
576 if (is_array($param)) {
577 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
578 // TODO: switch to fatal error in Moodle 2.3.
579 return required_param_array($parname, $type);
582 return clean_param($param, $type);
586 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
587 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is
588 * thrown because we require this variable.
590 * This function should be used to initialise all required values
591 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
593 * $ids = required_param_array('ids', PARAM_INT);
595 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
597 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
598 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
600 * @throws coding_exception
602 function required_param_array($parname, $type) {
603 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
604 throw new coding_exception('required_param_array() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
606 // POST has precedence.
607 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
608 $param = $_POST[$parname];
609 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
610 $param = $_GET[$parname];
612 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
614 if (!is_array($param)) {
615 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname);
619 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
620 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
621 debugging('Invalid key name in required_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
624 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
631 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from
632 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
634 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
635 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
637 * $name = optional_param('name', 'Fred', PARAM_TEXT);
639 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array.
641 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
642 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
643 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
645 * @throws coding_exception
647 function optional_param($parname, $default, $type) {
648 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
649 throw new coding_exception('optional_param requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
652 // POST has precedence.
653 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
654 $param = $_POST[$parname];
655 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
656 $param = $_GET[$parname];
661 if (is_array($param)) {
662 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname);
663 // TODO: switch to $default in Moodle 2.3.
664 return optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type);
667 return clean_param($param, $type);
671 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from
672 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default.
674 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values
675 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be
677 * $ids = optional_param('id', array(), PARAM_INT);
679 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported
681 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want
682 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found
683 * @param string $type expected type of parameter
685 * @throws coding_exception
687 function optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type) {
688 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) {
689 throw new coding_exception('optional_param_array requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')');
692 // POST has precedence.
693 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) {
694 $param = $_POST[$parname];
695 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) {
696 $param = $_GET[$parname];
700 if (!is_array($param)) {
701 debugging('optional_param_array() expects array parameters only: '.$parname);
706 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
707 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) {
708 debugging('Invalid key name in optional_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname);
711 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
718 * Strict validation of parameter values, the values are only converted
719 * to requested PHP type. Internally it is using clean_param, the values
720 * before and after cleaning must be equal - otherwise
721 * an invalid_parameter_exception is thrown.
722 * Objects and classes are not accepted.
724 * @param mixed $param
725 * @param string $type PARAM_ constant
726 * @param bool $allownull are nulls valid value?
727 * @param string $debuginfo optional debug information
728 * @return mixed the $param value converted to PHP type
729 * @throws invalid_parameter_exception if $param is not of given type
731 function validate_param($param, $type, $allownull=NULL_NOT_ALLOWED
, $debuginfo='') {
732 if (is_null($param)) {
733 if ($allownull == NULL_ALLOWED
) {
736 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
739 if (is_array($param) or is_object($param)) {
740 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
743 $cleaned = clean_param($param, $type);
745 if ($type == PARAM_FLOAT
) {
746 // Do not detect precision loss here.
747 if (is_float($param) or is_int($param)) {
749 } else if (!is_numeric($param) or !preg_match('/^[\+-]?[0-9]*\.?[0-9]*(e[-+]?[0-9]+)?$/i', (string)$param)) {
750 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
752 } else if ((string)$param !== (string)$cleaned) {
753 // Conversion to string is usually lossless.
754 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo);
761 * Makes sure array contains only the allowed types, this function does not validate array key names!
764 * $options = clean_param($options, PARAM_INT);
767 * @param array $param the variable array we are cleaning
768 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
769 * @param bool $recursive clean recursive arrays
771 * @throws coding_exception
773 function clean_param_array(array $param = null, $type, $recursive = false) {
774 // Convert null to empty array.
775 $param = (array)$param;
776 foreach ($param as $key => $value) {
777 if (is_array($value)) {
779 $param[$key] = clean_param_array($value, $type, true);
781 throw new coding_exception('clean_param_array can not process multidimensional arrays when $recursive is false.');
784 $param[$key] = clean_param($value, $type);
791 * Used by {@link optional_param()} and {@link required_param()} to
792 * clean the variables and/or cast to specific types, based on
795 * $course->format = clean_param($course->format, PARAM_ALPHA);
796 * $selectedgradeitem = clean_param($selectedgradeitem, PARAM_INT);
799 * @param mixed $param the variable we are cleaning
800 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning.
802 * @throws coding_exception
804 function clean_param($param, $type) {
807 if (is_array($param)) {
808 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process arrays, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
809 } else if (is_object($param)) {
810 if (method_exists($param, '__toString')) {
811 $param = $param->__toString();
813 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process objects, please use clean_param_array() instead.');
819 // No cleaning at all.
820 $param = fix_utf8($param);
823 case PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED
:
824 // No cleaning, but strip leading and trailing whitespace.
825 $param = fix_utf8($param);
829 // General HTML cleaning, try to use more specific type if possible this is deprecated!
830 // Please use more specific type instead.
831 if (is_numeric($param)) {
834 $param = fix_utf8($param);
835 // Sweep for scripts, etc.
836 return clean_text($param);
838 case PARAM_CLEANHTML
:
839 // Clean html fragment.
840 $param = fix_utf8($param);
841 // Sweep for scripts, etc.
842 $param = clean_text($param, FORMAT_HTML
);
846 // Convert to integer.
851 return (float)$param;
854 // Remove everything not `a-z`.
855 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z]/i', '', $param);
858 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z_-` (originally allowed "/" too).
859 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z_-]/i', '', $param);
862 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9`.
863 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9]/i', '', $param);
865 case PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT
:
866 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9_-`.
867 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
870 // Remove everything not `0-9,`.
871 return preg_replace('/[^0-9,]/i', '', $param);
874 // Convert to 1 or 0.
875 $tempstr = strtolower($param);
876 if ($tempstr === 'on' or $tempstr === 'yes' or $tempstr === 'true') {
878 } else if ($tempstr === 'off' or $tempstr === 'no' or $tempstr === 'false') {
881 $param = empty($param) ?
0 : 1;
887 $param = fix_utf8($param);
888 return strip_tags($param);
891 // Leave only tags needed for multilang.
892 $param = fix_utf8($param);
893 // If the multilang syntax is not correct we strip all tags because it would break xhtml strict which is required
894 // for accessibility standards please note this cleaning does not strip unbalanced '>' for BC compatibility reasons.
896 if (strpos($param, '</lang>') !== false) {
897 // Old and future mutilang syntax.
898 $param = strip_tags($param, '<lang>');
899 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
903 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
904 if ($match === '</lang>') {
912 if (!preg_match('/^<lang lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"\s*>$/u', $match)) {
923 } else if (strpos($param, '</span>') !== false) {
924 // Current problematic multilang syntax.
925 $param = strip_tags($param, '<span>');
926 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) {
930 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) {
931 if ($match === '</span>') {
939 if (!preg_match('/^<span(\s+lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"|\s+class="multilang"){2}\s*>$/u', $match)) {
951 // Easy, just strip all tags, if we ever want to fix orphaned '&' we have to do that in format_string().
952 return strip_tags($param);
954 case PARAM_COMPONENT
:
955 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not
956 // please note only normalised component names are accepted.
957 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z]+(_[a-z][a-z0-9_]*)?[a-z0-9]+$/', $param)) {
960 if (strpos($param, '__') !== false) {
963 if (strpos($param, 'mod_') === 0) {
964 // Module names must not contain underscores because we need to differentiate them from invalid plugin types.
965 if (substr_count($param, '_') != 1) {
973 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not.
974 if (!is_valid_plugin_name($param)) {
980 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9_- .
981 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]/i', '', $param);
984 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9/_- .
985 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9\/_-]/i', '', $param);
988 // Strip all suspicious characters from filename.
989 $param = fix_utf8($param);
990 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[&<>"`\|\':\\\\/]~u', '', $param);
991 if ($param === '.' ||
$param === '..') {
997 // Strip all suspicious characters from file path.
998 $param = fix_utf8($param);
999 $param = str_replace('\\', '/', $param);
1001 // Explode the path and clean each element using the PARAM_FILE rules.
1002 $breadcrumb = explode('/', $param);
1003 foreach ($breadcrumb as $key => $crumb) {
1004 if ($crumb === '.' && $key === 0) {
1005 // Special condition to allow for relative current path such as ./currentdirfile.txt.
1007 $crumb = clean_param($crumb, PARAM_FILE
);
1009 $breadcrumb[$key] = $crumb;
1011 $param = implode('/', $breadcrumb);
1013 // Remove multiple current path (./././) and multiple slashes (///).
1014 $param = preg_replace('~//+~', '/', $param);
1015 $param = preg_replace('~/(\./)+~', '/', $param);
1019 // Allow FQDN or IPv4 dotted quad.
1020 $param = preg_replace('/[^\.\d\w-]/', '', $param );
1021 // Match ipv4 dotted quad.
1022 if (preg_match('/(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})/', $param, $match)) {
1023 // Confirm values are ok.
1024 if ( $match[0] > 255
1027 ||
$match[4] > 255 ) {
1028 // Hmmm, what kind of dotted quad is this?
1031 } else if ( preg_match('/^[\w\d\.-]+$/', $param) // Dots, hyphens, numbers.
1032 && !preg_match('/^[\.-]/', $param) // No leading dots/hyphens.
1033 && !preg_match('/[\.-]$/', $param) // No trailing dots/hyphens.
1035 // All is ok - $param is respected.
1044 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1045 include_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/lib/validateurlsyntax.php');
1046 if (!empty($param) && validateUrlSyntax($param, 's?H?S?F?E-u-P-a?I?p?f?q?r?')) {
1047 // All is ok, param is respected.
1054 case PARAM_LOCALURL
:
1055 // Allow http absolute, root relative and relative URLs within wwwroot.
1056 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_URL
);
1057 if (!empty($param)) {
1059 if ($param === $CFG->wwwroot
) {
1061 } else if (preg_match(':^/:', $param)) {
1062 // Root-relative, ok!
1063 } else if (preg_match('/^' . preg_quote($CFG->wwwroot
. '/', '/') . '/i', $param)) {
1064 // Absolute, and matches our wwwroot.
1066 // Relative - let's make sure there are no tricks.
1067 if (validateUrlSyntax('/' . $param, 's-u-P-a-p-f+q?r?')) {
1077 $param = trim($param);
1078 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols:
1082 // , surrounded by BEGIN and END CERTIFICATE prefix and suffixes.
1083 if (preg_match('/^-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----([\s\w\/\+=]+)-----END CERTIFICATE-----$/', trim($param), $matches)) {
1084 list($wholething, $body) = $matches;
1085 unset($wholething, $matches);
1086 $b64 = clean_param($body, PARAM_BASE64
);
1088 return "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\n$b64\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----\n";
1096 if (!empty($param)) {
1097 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols
1101 if (0 >= preg_match('/^([\s\w\/\+=]+)$/', trim($param))) {
1104 $lines = preg_split('/[\s]+/', $param, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY
);
1105 // Each line of base64 encoded data must be 64 characters in length, except for the last line which may be less
1106 // than (or equal to) 64 characters long.
1107 for ($i=0, $j=count($lines); $i < $j; $i++
) {
1109 if (64 < strlen($lines[$i])) {
1115 if (64 != strlen($lines[$i])) {
1119 return implode("\n", $lines);
1125 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1126 // Please note it is not safe to use the tag name directly anywhere,
1127 // it must be processed with s(), urlencode() before embedding anywhere.
1128 // Remove some nasties.
1129 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[<>`]~u', '', $param);
1130 // Convert many whitespace chars into one.
1131 $param = preg_replace('/\s+/u', ' ', $param);
1132 $param = core_text
::substr(trim($param), 0, TAG_MAX_LENGTH
);
1136 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1137 $tags = explode(',', $param);
1139 foreach ($tags as $tag) {
1140 $res = clean_param($tag, PARAM_TAG
);
1146 return implode(',', $result);
1151 case PARAM_CAPABILITY
:
1152 if (get_capability_info($param)) {
1158 case PARAM_PERMISSION
:
1159 $param = (int)$param;
1160 if (in_array($param, array(CAP_INHERIT
, CAP_ALLOW
, CAP_PREVENT
, CAP_PROHIBIT
))) {
1167 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN
);
1168 if (empty($param)) {
1170 } else if (exists_auth_plugin($param)) {
1177 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_SAFEDIR
);
1178 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($param)) {
1181 // Specified language is not installed or param malformed.
1186 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN
);
1187 if (empty($param)) {
1189 } else if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/theme/$param/config.php")) {
1191 } else if (!empty($CFG->themedir
) and file_exists("$CFG->themedir/$param/config.php")) {
1194 // Specified theme is not installed.
1198 case PARAM_USERNAME
:
1199 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1200 $param = trim($param);
1201 // Convert uppercase to lowercase MDL-16919.
1202 $param = core_text
::strtolower($param);
1203 if (empty($CFG->extendedusernamechars
)) {
1204 $param = str_replace(" " , "", $param);
1205 // Regular expression, eliminate all chars EXCEPT:
1206 // alphanum, dash (-), underscore (_), at sign (@) and period (.) characters.
1207 $param = preg_replace('/[^-\.@_a-z0-9]/', '', $param);
1212 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1213 if (validate_email($param)) {
1219 case PARAM_STRINGID
:
1220 if (preg_match('|^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9\.:/_-]*$|', $param)) {
1226 case PARAM_TIMEZONE
:
1227 // Can be int, float(with .5 or .0) or string seperated by '/' and can have '-_'.
1228 $param = fix_utf8($param);
1229 $timezonepattern = '/^(([+-]?(0?[0-9](\.[5|0])?|1[0-3](\.0)?|1[0-2]\.5))|(99)|[[:alnum:]]+(\/?[[:alpha:]_-])+)$/';
1230 if (preg_match($timezonepattern, $param)) {
1237 // Doh! throw error, switched parameters in optional_param or another serious problem.
1238 print_error("unknownparamtype", '', '', $type);
1243 * Whether the PARAM_* type is compatible in RTL.
1245 * Being compatible with RTL means that the data they contain can flow
1246 * from right-to-left or left-to-right without compromising the user experience.
1248 * Take URLs for example, they are not RTL compatible as they should always
1249 * flow from the left to the right. This also applies to numbers, email addresses,
1250 * configuration snippets, base64 strings, etc...
1252 * This function tries to best guess which parameters can contain localised strings.
1254 * @param string $paramtype Constant PARAM_*.
1257 function is_rtl_compatible($paramtype) {
1258 return $paramtype == PARAM_TEXT ||
$paramtype == PARAM_NOTAGS
;
1262 * Makes sure the data is using valid utf8, invalid characters are discarded.
1264 * Note: this function is not intended for full objects with methods and private properties.
1266 * @param mixed $value
1267 * @return mixed with proper utf-8 encoding
1269 function fix_utf8($value) {
1270 if (is_null($value) or $value === '') {
1273 } else if (is_string($value)) {
1274 if ((string)(int)$value === $value) {
1278 // No null bytes expected in our data, so let's remove it.
1279 $value = str_replace("\0", '', $value);
1281 // Note: this duplicates min_fix_utf8() intentionally.
1282 static $buggyiconv = null;
1283 if ($buggyiconv === null) {
1284 $buggyiconv = (!function_exists('iconv') or @iconv
('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', '100'.chr(130).'€') !== '100€');
1288 if (function_exists('mb_convert_encoding')) {
1289 $subst = mb_substitute_character();
1290 mb_substitute_character('');
1291 $result = mb_convert_encoding($value, 'utf-8', 'utf-8');
1292 mb_substitute_character($subst);
1295 // Warn admins on admin/index.php page.
1300 $result = @iconv
('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', $value);
1305 } else if (is_array($value)) {
1306 foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
1307 $value[$k] = fix_utf8($v);
1311 } else if (is_object($value)) {
1312 // Do not modify original.
1313 $value = clone($value);
1314 foreach ($value as $k => $v) {
1315 $value->$k = fix_utf8($v);
1320 // This is some other type, no utf-8 here.
1326 * Return true if given value is integer or string with integer value
1328 * @param mixed $value String or Int
1329 * @return bool true if number, false if not
1331 function is_number($value) {
1332 if (is_int($value)) {
1334 } else if (is_string($value)) {
1335 return ((string)(int)$value) === $value;
1342 * Returns host part from url.
1344 * @param string $url full url
1345 * @return string host, null if not found
1347 function get_host_from_url($url) {
1348 preg_match('|^[a-z]+://([a-zA-Z0-9-.]+)|i', $url, $matches);
1356 * Tests whether anything was returned by text editor
1358 * This function is useful for testing whether something you got back from
1359 * the HTML editor actually contains anything. Sometimes the HTML editor
1360 * appear to be empty, but actually you get back a <br> tag or something.
1362 * @param string $string a string containing HTML.
1363 * @return boolean does the string contain any actual content - that is text,
1364 * images, objects, etc.
1366 function html_is_blank($string) {
1367 return trim(strip_tags($string, '<img><object><applet><input><select><textarea><hr>')) == '';
1371 * Set a key in global configuration
1373 * Set a key/value pair in both this session's {@link $CFG} global variable
1374 * and in the 'config' database table for future sessions.
1376 * Can also be used to update keys for plugin-scoped configs in config_plugin table.
1377 * In that case it doesn't affect $CFG.
1379 * A NULL value will delete the entry.
1381 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1383 * @param string $name the key to set
1384 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes)
1385 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope, default null
1386 * @return bool true or exception
1388 function set_config($name, $value, $plugin=null) {
1391 if (empty($plugin)) {
1392 if (!array_key_exists($name, $CFG->config_php_settings
)) {
1393 // So it's defined for this invocation at least.
1394 if (is_null($value)) {
1397 // Settings from db are always strings.
1398 $CFG->$name = (string)$value;
1402 if ($DB->get_field('config', 'name', array('name' => $name))) {
1403 if ($value === null) {
1404 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
1406 $DB->set_field('config', 'value', $value, array('name' => $name));
1409 if ($value !== null) {
1410 $config = new stdClass();
1411 $config->name
= $name;
1412 $config->value
= $value;
1413 $DB->insert_record('config', $config, false);
1416 if ($name === 'siteidentifier') {
1417 cache_helper
::update_site_identifier($value);
1419 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
1422 if ($id = $DB->get_field('config_plugins', 'id', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin))) {
1423 if ($value===null) {
1424 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
1426 $DB->set_field('config_plugins', 'value', $value, array('id' => $id));
1429 if ($value !== null) {
1430 $config = new stdClass();
1431 $config->plugin
= $plugin;
1432 $config->name
= $name;
1433 $config->value
= $value;
1434 $DB->insert_record('config_plugins', $config, false);
1437 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
1444 * Get configuration values from the global config table
1445 * or the config_plugins table.
1447 * If called with one parameter, it will load all the config
1448 * variables for one plugin, and return them as an object.
1450 * If called with 2 parameters it will return a string single
1451 * value or false if the value is not found.
1453 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1455 * @static string|false $siteidentifier The site identifier is not cached. We use this static cache so
1456 * that we need only fetch it once per request.
1457 * @param string $plugin full component name
1458 * @param string $name default null
1459 * @return mixed hash-like object or single value, return false no config found
1460 * @throws dml_exception
1462 function get_config($plugin, $name = null) {
1465 static $siteidentifier = null;
1467 if ($plugin === 'moodle' ||
$plugin === 'core' ||
empty($plugin)) {
1468 $forced =& $CFG->config_php_settings
;
1472 if (array_key_exists($plugin, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
)) {
1473 $forced =& $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
[$plugin];
1480 if ($siteidentifier === null) {
1482 // This may fail during installation.
1483 // If you have a look at {@link initialise_cfg()} you will see that this is how we detect the need to
1484 // install the database.
1485 $siteidentifier = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name' => 'siteidentifier'));
1486 } catch (dml_exception
$ex) {
1487 // Set siteidentifier to false. We don't want to trip this continually.
1488 $siteidentifier = false;
1493 if (!empty($name)) {
1494 if (array_key_exists($name, $forced)) {
1495 return (string)$forced[$name];
1496 } else if ($name === 'siteidentifier' && $plugin == 'core') {
1497 return $siteidentifier;
1501 $cache = cache
::make('core', 'config');
1502 $result = $cache->get($plugin);
1503 if ($result === false) {
1504 // The user is after a recordset.
1506 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin), '', 'name,value');
1508 // This part is not really used any more, but anyway...
1509 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config', array(), '', 'name,value');;
1511 $cache->set($plugin, $result);
1514 if (!empty($name)) {
1515 if (array_key_exists($name, $result)) {
1516 return $result[$name];
1521 if ($plugin === 'core') {
1522 $result['siteidentifier'] = $siteidentifier;
1525 foreach ($forced as $key => $value) {
1526 if (is_null($value) or is_array($value) or is_object($value)) {
1527 // We do not want any extra mess here, just real settings that could be saved in db.
1528 unset($result[$key]);
1530 // Convert to string as if it went through the DB.
1531 $result[$key] = (string)$value;
1535 return (object)$result;
1539 * Removes a key from global configuration.
1541 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1543 * @param string $name the key to set
1544 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope
1545 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
1547 function unset_config($name, $plugin=null) {
1550 if (empty($plugin)) {
1552 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name));
1553 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core');
1555 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin));
1556 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin);
1563 * Remove all the config variables for a given plugin.
1565 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php
1567 * @param string $plugin a plugin, for example 'quiz' or 'qtype_multichoice';
1568 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded.
1570 function unset_all_config_for_plugin($plugin) {
1572 // Delete from the obvious config_plugins first.
1573 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin));
1574 // Next delete any suspect settings from config.
1575 $like = $DB->sql_like('name', '?', true, true, false, '|');
1576 $params = array($DB->sql_like_escape($plugin.'_', '|') . '%');
1577 $DB->delete_records_select('config', $like, $params);
1578 // Finally clear both the plugin cache and the core cache (suspect settings now removed from core).
1579 cache_helper
::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), array('core', $plugin));
1585 * Use this function to get a list of users from a config setting of type admin_setting_users_with_capability.
1587 * All users are verified if they still have the necessary capability.
1589 * @param string $value the value of the config setting.
1590 * @param string $capability the capability - must match the one passed to the admin_setting_users_with_capability constructor.
1591 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators.
1592 * @return array of user objects.
1594 function get_users_from_config($value, $capability, $includeadmins = true) {
1595 if (empty($value) or $value === '$@NONE@$') {
1599 // We have to make sure that users still have the necessary capability,
1600 // it should be faster to fetch them all first and then test if they are present
1601 // instead of validating them one-by-one.
1602 $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system
::instance(), $capability);
1603 if ($includeadmins) {
1604 $admins = get_admins();
1605 foreach ($admins as $admin) {
1606 $users[$admin->id
] = $admin;
1610 if ($value === '$@ALL@$') {
1614 $result = array(); // Result in correct order.
1615 $allowed = explode(',', $value);
1616 foreach ($allowed as $uid) {
1617 if (isset($users[$uid])) {
1618 $user = $users[$uid];
1619 $result[$user->id
] = $user;
1628 * Invalidates browser caches and cached data in temp.
1630 * IMPORTANT - If you are adding anything here to do with the cache directory you should also have a look at
1631 * {@link phpunit_util::reset_dataroot()}
1635 function purge_all_caches() {
1638 reset_text_filters_cache();
1639 js_reset_all_caches();
1640 theme_reset_all_caches();
1641 get_string_manager()->reset_caches();
1642 core_text
::reset_caches();
1643 if (class_exists('core_plugin_manager')) {
1644 core_plugin_manager
::reset_caches();
1647 // Bump up cacherev field for all courses.
1649 increment_revision_number('course', 'cacherev', '');
1650 } catch (moodle_exception
$e) {
1651 // Ignore exception since this function is also called before upgrade script when field course.cacherev does not exist yet.
1654 $DB->reset_caches();
1655 cache_helper
::purge_all();
1657 // Purge all other caches: rss, simplepie, etc.
1659 remove_dir($CFG->cachedir
.'', true);
1661 // Make sure cache dir is writable, throws exception if not.
1662 make_cache_directory('');
1664 // This is the only place where we purge local caches, we are only adding files there.
1665 // The $CFG->localcachedirpurged flag forces local directories to be purged on cluster nodes.
1666 remove_dir($CFG->localcachedir
, true);
1667 set_config('localcachedirpurged', time());
1668 make_localcache_directory('', true);
1669 \core\task\manager
::clear_static_caches();
1673 * Get volatile flags
1675 * @param string $type
1676 * @param int $changedsince default null
1677 * @return array records array
1679 function get_cache_flags($type, $changedsince = null) {
1682 $params = array('type' => $type, 'expiry' => time());
1683 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND expiry >= :expiry";
1684 if ($changedsince !== null) {
1685 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
1686 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
1689 if ($flags = $DB->get_records_select('cache_flags', $sqlwhere, $params, '', 'name,value')) {
1690 foreach ($flags as $flag) {
1691 $cf[$flag->name
] = $flag->value
;
1698 * Get volatile flags
1700 * @param string $type
1701 * @param string $name
1702 * @param int $changedsince default null
1703 * @return string|false The cache flag value or false
1705 function get_cache_flag($type, $name, $changedsince=null) {
1708 $params = array('type' => $type, 'name' => $name, 'expiry' => time());
1710 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND name = :name AND expiry >= :expiry";
1711 if ($changedsince !== null) {
1712 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince;
1713 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince";
1716 return $DB->get_field_select('cache_flags', 'value', $sqlwhere, $params);
1720 * Set a volatile flag
1722 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
1723 * @param string $name the key to set
1724 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) - null will remove the flag
1725 * @param int $expiry (optional) epoch indicating expiry - defaults to now()+ 24hs
1726 * @return bool Always returns true
1728 function set_cache_flag($type, $name, $value, $expiry = null) {
1731 $timemodified = time();
1732 if ($expiry === null ||
$expiry < $timemodified) {
1733 $expiry = $timemodified +
24 * 60 * 60;
1735 $expiry = (int)$expiry;
1738 if ($value === null) {
1739 unset_cache_flag($type, $name);
1743 if ($f = $DB->get_record('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type), '*', IGNORE_MULTIPLE
)) {
1744 // This is a potential problem in DEBUG_DEVELOPER.
1745 if ($f->value
== $value and $f->expiry
== $expiry and $f->timemodified
== $timemodified) {
1746 return true; // No need to update.
1749 $f->expiry
= $expiry;
1750 $f->timemodified
= $timemodified;
1751 $DB->update_record('cache_flags', $f);
1753 $f = new stdClass();
1754 $f->flagtype
= $type;
1757 $f->expiry
= $expiry;
1758 $f->timemodified
= $timemodified;
1759 $DB->insert_record('cache_flags', $f);
1765 * Removes a single volatile flag
1767 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key
1768 * @param string $name the key to set
1771 function unset_cache_flag($type, $name) {
1773 $DB->delete_records('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type));
1778 * Garbage-collect volatile flags
1780 * @return bool Always returns true
1782 function gc_cache_flags() {
1784 $DB->delete_records_select('cache_flags', 'expiry < ?', array(time()));
1788 // USER PREFERENCE API.
1791 * Refresh user preference cache. This is used most often for $USER
1792 * object that is stored in session, but it also helps with performance in cron script.
1794 * Preferences for each user are loaded on first use on every page, then again after the timeout expires.
1797 * @category preference
1799 * @param stdClass $user User object. Preferences are preloaded into 'preference' property
1800 * @param int $cachelifetime Cache life time on the current page (in seconds)
1801 * @throws coding_exception
1804 function check_user_preferences_loaded(stdClass
$user, $cachelifetime = 120) {
1806 // Static cache, we need to check on each page load, not only every 2 minutes.
1807 static $loadedusers = array();
1809 if (!isset($user->id
)) {
1810 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in check_user_preferences_loaded() call, missing id field');
1813 if (empty($user->id
) or isguestuser($user->id
)) {
1814 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
1815 if (!isset($user->preference
)) {
1816 $user->preference
= array();
1823 if (isset($loadedusers[$user->id
]) and isset($user->preference
) and isset($user->preference
['_lastloaded'])) {
1824 // Already loaded at least once on this page. Are we up to date?
1825 if ($user->preference
['_lastloaded'] +
$cachelifetime > $timenow) {
1826 // No need to reload - we are on the same page and we loaded prefs just a moment ago.
1829 } else if (!get_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $user->id
, $user->preference
['_lastloaded'])) {
1830 // No change since the lastcheck on this page.
1831 $user->preference
['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
1836 // OK, so we have to reload all preferences.
1837 $loadedusers[$user->id
] = true;
1838 $user->preference
= $DB->get_records_menu('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
), '', 'name,value'); // All values.
1839 $user->preference
['_lastloaded'] = $timenow;
1843 * Called from set/unset_user_preferences, so that the prefs can be correctly reloaded in different sessions.
1845 * NOTE: internal function, do not call from other code.
1849 * @param integer $userid the user whose prefs were changed.
1851 function mark_user_preferences_changed($userid) {
1854 if (empty($userid) or isguestuser($userid)) {
1855 // No cache flags for guest and not-logged-in users.
1859 set_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $userid, 1, time() +
$CFG->sessiontimeout
);
1863 * Sets a preference for the specified user.
1865 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1867 * When additional validation/permission check is needed it is better to use {@see useredit_update_user_preference()}
1870 * @category preference
1872 * @param string $name The key to set as preference for the specified user
1873 * @param string $value The value to set for the $name key in the specified user's
1874 * record, null means delete current value.
1875 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1876 * @throws coding_exception
1877 * @return bool Always true or exception
1879 function set_user_preference($name, $value, $user = null) {
1882 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
1883 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in set_user_preference() call');
1886 if (is_null($value)) {
1887 // Null means delete current.
1888 return unset_user_preference($name, $user);
1889 } else if (is_object($value)) {
1890 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, objects are not allowed');
1891 } else if (is_array($value)) {
1892 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, arrays are not allowed');
1894 // Value column maximum length is 1333 characters.
1895 $value = (string)$value;
1896 if (core_text
::strlen($value) > 1333) {
1897 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, value is is too long for the value column');
1900 if (is_null($user)) {
1902 } else if (isset($user->id
)) {
1903 // It is a valid object.
1904 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
1905 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
1907 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in set_user_preference() call');
1910 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
1912 if (empty($user->id
) or isguestuser($user->id
)) {
1913 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest.
1914 $user->preference
[$name] = $value;
1918 if ($preference = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => $name))) {
1919 if ($preference->value
=== $value and isset($user->preference
[$name]) and $user->preference
[$name] === $value) {
1920 // Preference already set to this value.
1923 $DB->set_field('user_preferences', 'value', $value, array('id' => $preference->id
));
1926 $preference = new stdClass();
1927 $preference->userid
= $user->id
;
1928 $preference->name
= $name;
1929 $preference->value
= $value;
1930 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $preference);
1933 // Update value in cache.
1934 $user->preference
[$name] = $value;
1935 // Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER.
1936 if ($user !== $USER && $user->id
== $USER->id
) {
1937 $USER->preference
[$name] = $value;
1940 // Set reload flag for other sessions.
1941 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id
);
1947 * Sets a whole array of preferences for the current user
1949 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1952 * @category preference
1954 * @param array $prefarray An array of key/value pairs to be set
1955 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1956 * @return bool Always true or exception
1958 function set_user_preferences(array $prefarray, $user = null) {
1959 foreach ($prefarray as $name => $value) {
1960 set_user_preference($name, $value, $user);
1966 * Unsets a preference completely by deleting it from the database
1968 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
1971 * @category preference
1973 * @param string $name The key to unset as preference for the specified user
1974 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
1975 * @throws coding_exception
1976 * @return bool Always true or exception
1978 function unset_user_preference($name, $user = null) {
1981 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
1982 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in unset_user_preference() call');
1985 if (is_null($user)) {
1987 } else if (isset($user->id
)) {
1988 // It is a valid object.
1989 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
1990 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
1992 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in unset_user_preference() call');
1995 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
1997 if (empty($user->id
) or isguestuser($user->id
)) {
1998 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in user and guest.
1999 unset($user->preference
[$name]);
2004 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => $name));
2006 // Delete the preference from cache.
2007 unset($user->preference
[$name]);
2008 // Update the $USER in case where we've not a direct reference to $USER.
2009 if ($user !== $USER && $user->id
== $USER->id
) {
2010 unset($USER->preference
[$name]);
2013 // Set reload flag for other sessions.
2014 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id
);
2020 * Used to fetch user preference(s)
2022 * If no arguments are supplied this function will return
2023 * all of the current user preferences as an array.
2025 * If a name is specified then this function
2026 * attempts to return that particular preference value. If
2027 * none is found, then the optional value $default is returned,
2030 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache.
2033 * @category preference
2035 * @param string $name Name of the key to use in finding a preference value
2036 * @param mixed|null $default Value to be returned if the $name key is not set in the user preferences
2037 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user
2038 * @throws coding_exception
2039 * @return string|mixed|null A string containing the value of a single preference. An
2040 * array with all of the preferences or null
2042 function get_user_preferences($name = null, $default = null, $user = null) {
2045 if (is_null($name)) {
2047 } else if (is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') {
2048 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in get_user_preferences() call');
2051 if (is_null($user)) {
2053 } else if (isset($user->id
)) {
2054 // Is a valid object.
2055 } else if (is_numeric($user)) {
2056 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user);
2058 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in get_user_preferences() call');
2061 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
2065 return $user->preference
;
2066 } else if (isset($user->preference
[$name])) {
2067 // The single string value.
2068 return $user->preference
[$name];
2070 // Default value (null if not specified).
2075 // FUNCTIONS FOR HANDLING TIME.
2078 * Given Gregorian date parts in user time produce a GMT timestamp.
2082 * @param int $year The year part to create timestamp of
2083 * @param int $month The month part to create timestamp of
2084 * @param int $day The day part to create timestamp of
2085 * @param int $hour The hour part to create timestamp of
2086 * @param int $minute The minute part to create timestamp of
2087 * @param int $second The second part to create timestamp of
2088 * @param int|float|string $timezone Timezone modifier, used to calculate GMT time offset.
2089 * if 99 then default user's timezone is used {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2090 * @param bool $applydst Toggle Daylight Saving Time, default true, will be
2091 * applied only if timezone is 99 or string.
2092 * @return int GMT timestamp
2094 function make_timestamp($year, $month=1, $day=1, $hour=0, $minute=0, $second=0, $timezone=99, $applydst=true) {
2095 $date = new DateTime('now', core_date
::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
2096 $date->setDate((int)$year, (int)$month, (int)$day);
2097 $date->setTime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second);
2099 $time = $date->getTimestamp();
2101 if ($time === false) {
2102 throw new coding_exception('getTimestamp() returned false, please ensure you have passed correct values.'.
2103 ' This can fail if year is more than 2038 and OS is 32 bit windows');
2106 // Moodle BC DST stuff.
2108 $time +
= dst_offset_on($time, $timezone);
2116 * Format a date/time (seconds) as weeks, days, hours etc as needed
2118 * Given an amount of time in seconds, returns string
2119 * formatted nicely as years, days, hours etc as needed
2127 * @param int $totalsecs Time in seconds
2128 * @param stdClass $str Should be a time object
2129 * @return string A nicely formatted date/time string
2131 function format_time($totalsecs, $str = null) {
2133 $totalsecs = abs($totalsecs);
2136 // Create the str structure the slow way.
2137 $str = new stdClass();
2138 $str->day
= get_string('day');
2139 $str->days
= get_string('days');
2140 $str->hour
= get_string('hour');
2141 $str->hours
= get_string('hours');
2142 $str->min
= get_string('min');
2143 $str->mins
= get_string('mins');
2144 $str->sec
= get_string('sec');
2145 $str->secs
= get_string('secs');
2146 $str->year
= get_string('year');
2147 $str->years
= get_string('years');
2150 $years = floor($totalsecs/YEARSECS
);
2151 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($years*YEARSECS
);
2152 $days = floor($remainder/DAYSECS
);
2153 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($days*DAYSECS
);
2154 $hours = floor($remainder/HOURSECS
);
2155 $remainder = $remainder - ($hours*HOURSECS
);
2156 $mins = floor($remainder/MINSECS
);
2157 $secs = $remainder - ($mins*MINSECS
);
2159 $ss = ($secs == 1) ?
$str->sec
: $str->secs
;
2160 $sm = ($mins == 1) ?
$str->min
: $str->mins
;
2161 $sh = ($hours == 1) ?
$str->hour
: $str->hours
;
2162 $sd = ($days == 1) ?
$str->day
: $str->days
;
2163 $sy = ($years == 1) ?
$str->year
: $str->years
;
2172 $oyears = $years .' '. $sy;
2175 $odays = $days .' '. $sd;
2178 $ohours = $hours .' '. $sh;
2181 $omins = $mins .' '. $sm;
2184 $osecs = $secs .' '. $ss;
2188 return trim($oyears .' '. $odays);
2191 return trim($odays .' '. $ohours);
2194 return trim($ohours .' '. $omins);
2197 return trim($omins .' '. $osecs);
2202 return get_string('now');
2206 * Returns a formatted string that represents a date in user time.
2210 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database.
2211 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using
2212 * get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig');
2213 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and
2214 * not 99 then daylight saving will not be added.
2215 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2216 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed.
2217 * If false then the leading zero is maintained.
2218 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed.
2219 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2221 function userdate($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) {
2222 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2223 return $calendartype->timestamp_to_date_string($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour);
2227 * Returns a formatted date ensuring it is UTF-8.
2229 * If we are running under Windows convert to Windows encoding and then back to UTF-8
2230 * (because it's impossible to specify UTF-8 to fetch locale info in Win32).
2232 * @param int $date the timestamp - since Moodle 2.9 this is a real UTC timestamp
2233 * @param string $format strftime format.
2234 * @param int|float|string $tz the user timezone
2235 * @return string the formatted date/time.
2236 * @since Moodle 2.3.3
2238 function date_format_string($date, $format, $tz = 99) {
2241 $localewincharset = null;
2242 // Get the calendar type user is using.
2243 if ($CFG->ostype
== 'WINDOWS') {
2244 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2245 $localewincharset = $calendartype->locale_win_charset();
2248 if ($localewincharset) {
2249 $format = core_text
::convert($format, 'utf-8', $localewincharset);
2252 date_default_timezone_set(core_date
::get_user_timezone($tz));
2253 $datestring = strftime($format, $date);
2254 core_date
::set_default_server_timezone();
2256 if ($localewincharset) {
2257 $datestring = core_text
::convert($datestring, $localewincharset, 'utf-8');
2264 * Given a $time timestamp in GMT (seconds since epoch),
2265 * returns an array that represents the Gregorian date in user time
2269 * @param int $time Timestamp in GMT
2270 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2271 * @return array An array that represents the date in user time
2273 function usergetdate($time, $timezone=99) {
2274 date_default_timezone_set(core_date
::get_user_timezone($timezone));
2275 $result = getdate($time);
2276 core_date
::set_default_server_timezone();
2282 * Given a GMT timestamp (seconds since epoch), offsets it by
2283 * the timezone. eg 3pm in India is 3pm GMT - 7 * 3600 seconds
2285 * NOTE: this function does not include DST properly,
2286 * you should use the PHP date stuff instead!
2290 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2291 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2294 function usertime($date, $timezone=99) {
2295 $userdate = new DateTime('@' . $date);
2296 $userdate->setTimezone(core_date
::get_user_timezone_object($timezone));
2297 $dst = dst_offset_on($date, $timezone);
2299 return $date - $userdate->getOffset() +
$dst;
2303 * Given a time, return the GMT timestamp of the most recent midnight
2304 * for the current user.
2308 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT
2309 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2310 * @return int Returns a GMT timestamp
2312 function usergetmidnight($date, $timezone=99) {
2314 $userdate = usergetdate($date, $timezone);
2316 // Time of midnight of this user's day, in GMT.
2317 return make_timestamp($userdate['year'], $userdate['mon'], $userdate['mday'], 0, 0, 0, $timezone);
2322 * Returns a string that prints the user's timezone
2326 * @param float|int|string $timezone user timezone
2329 function usertimezone($timezone=99) {
2330 $tz = core_date
::get_user_timezone($timezone);
2331 return core_date
::get_localised_timezone($tz);
2335 * Returns a float or a string which denotes the user's timezone
2336 * A float value means that a simple offset from GMT is used, while a string (it will be the name of a timezone in the database)
2337 * means that for this timezone there are also DST rules to be taken into account
2338 * Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value
2342 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset before
2343 * calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone
2344 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone}
2345 * @return float|string
2347 function get_user_timezone($tz = 99) {
2352 isset($CFG->forcetimezone
) ?
$CFG->forcetimezone
: 99,
2353 isset($USER->timezone
) ?
$USER->timezone
: 99,
2354 isset($CFG->timezone
) ?
$CFG->timezone
: 99,
2359 // Loop while $tz is, empty but not zero, or 99, and there is another timezone is the array.
2360 foreach ($timezones as $nextvalue) {
2361 if ((empty($tz) && !is_numeric($tz)) ||
$tz == 99) {
2365 return is_numeric($tz) ?
(float) $tz : $tz;
2369 * Calculates the Daylight Saving Offset for a given date/time (timestamp)
2370 * - Note: Daylight saving only works for string timezones and not for float.
2374 * @param int $time must NOT be compensated at all, it has to be a pure timestamp
2375 * @param int|float|string $strtimezone user timezone
2378 function dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone = null) {
2379 $tz = core_date
::get_user_timezone($strtimezone);
2380 $date = new DateTime('@' . $time);
2381 $date->setTimezone(new DateTimeZone($tz));
2382 if ($date->format('I') == '1') {
2383 if ($tz === 'Australia/Lord_Howe') {
2392 * Calculates when the day appears in specific month
2396 * @param int $startday starting day of the month
2397 * @param int $weekday The day when week starts (normally taken from user preferences)
2398 * @param int $month The month whose day is sought
2399 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day is sought
2402 function find_day_in_month($startday, $weekday, $month, $year) {
2403 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2405 $daysinmonth = days_in_month($month, $year);
2406 $daysinweek = count($calendartype->get_weekdays());
2408 if ($weekday == -1) {
2409 // Don't care about weekday, so return:
2410 // abs($startday) if $startday != -1
2411 // $daysinmonth otherwise.
2412 return ($startday == -1) ?
$daysinmonth : abs($startday);
2415 // From now on we 're looking for a specific weekday.
2416 // Give "end of month" its actual value, since we know it.
2417 if ($startday == -1) {
2418 $startday = -1 * $daysinmonth;
2421 // Starting from day $startday, the sign is the direction.
2422 if ($startday < 1) {
2423 $startday = abs($startday);
2424 $lastmonthweekday = dayofweek($daysinmonth, $month, $year);
2426 // This is the last such weekday of the month.
2427 $lastinmonth = $daysinmonth +
$weekday - $lastmonthweekday;
2428 if ($lastinmonth > $daysinmonth) {
2429 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
2432 // Find the first such weekday <= $startday.
2433 while ($lastinmonth > $startday) {
2434 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek;
2437 return $lastinmonth;
2439 $indexweekday = dayofweek($startday, $month, $year);
2441 $diff = $weekday - $indexweekday;
2443 $diff +
= $daysinweek;
2446 // This is the first such weekday of the month equal to or after $startday.
2447 $firstfromindex = $startday +
$diff;
2449 return $firstfromindex;
2454 * Calculate the number of days in a given month
2458 * @param int $month The month whose day count is sought
2459 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day count is sought
2462 function days_in_month($month, $year) {
2463 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2464 return $calendartype->get_num_days_in_month($year, $month);
2468 * Calculate the position in the week of a specific calendar day
2472 * @param int $day The day of the date whose position in the week is sought
2473 * @param int $month The month of the date whose position in the week is sought
2474 * @param int $year The year of the date whose position in the week is sought
2477 function dayofweek($day, $month, $year) {
2478 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory
::get_calendar_instance();
2479 return $calendartype->get_weekday($year, $month, $day);
2482 // USER AUTHENTICATION AND LOGIN.
2485 * Returns full login url.
2487 * @return string login url
2489 function get_login_url() {
2492 return "$CFG->wwwroot/login/index.php";
2496 * This function checks that the current user is logged in and has the
2497 * required privileges
2499 * This function checks that the current user is logged in, and optionally
2500 * whether they are allowed to be in a particular course and view a particular
2502 * If they are not logged in, then it redirects them to the site login unless
2503 * $autologinguest is set and {@link $CFG}->autologinguests is set to 1 in which
2504 * case they are automatically logged in as guests.
2505 * If $courseid is given and the user is not enrolled in that course then the
2506 * user is redirected to the course enrolment page.
2507 * If $cm is given and the course module is hidden and the user is not a teacher
2508 * in the course then the user is redirected to the course home page.
2510 * When $cm parameter specified, this function sets page layout to 'module'.
2511 * You need to change it manually later if some other layout needed.
2513 * @package core_access
2516 * @param mixed $courseorid id of the course or course object
2517 * @param bool $autologinguest default true
2518 * @param object $cm course module object
2519 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
2520 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
2521 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
2522 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
2523 * @return mixed Void, exit, and die depending on path
2524 * @throws coding_exception
2525 * @throws require_login_exception
2526 * @throws moodle_exception
2528 function require_login($courseorid = null, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
2529 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER, $PAGE, $SITE, $DB, $OUTPUT;
2531 // Must not redirect when byteserving already started.
2532 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_RANGE'])) {
2533 $preventredirect = true;
2537 // We cannot redirect for AJAX scripts either.
2538 $preventredirect = true;
2541 // Setup global $COURSE, themes, language and locale.
2542 if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2543 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
2544 $course = $courseorid;
2545 } else if ($courseorid == SITEID
) {
2546 $course = clone($SITE);
2548 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseorid), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
2551 if ($cm->course
!= $course->id
) {
2552 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_login() call do not match!!');
2554 // Make sure we have a $cm from get_fast_modinfo as this contains activity access details.
2555 if (!($cm instanceof cm_info
)) {
2556 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
2557 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
2558 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
2559 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
2560 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id
);
2564 // Do not touch global $COURSE via $PAGE->set_course(),
2565 // the reasons is we need to be able to call require_login() at any time!!
2568 throw new coding_exception('cm parameter in require_login() requires valid course parameter!');
2572 // If this is an AJAX request and $setwantsurltome is true then we need to override it and set it to false.
2573 // Otherwise the AJAX request URL will be set to $SESSION->wantsurl and events such as self enrolment in the future
2574 // risk leading the user back to the AJAX request URL.
2575 if ($setwantsurltome && defined('AJAX_SCRIPT') && AJAX_SCRIPT
) {
2576 $setwantsurltome = false;
2579 // Redirect to the login page if session has expired, only with dbsessions enabled (MDL-35029) to maintain current behaviour.
2580 if ((!isloggedin() or isguestuser()) && !empty($SESSION->has_timed_out
) && !empty($CFG->dbsessions
)) {
2581 if ($preventredirect) {
2582 throw new require_login_session_timeout_exception();
2584 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2585 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2587 redirect(get_login_url());
2591 // If the user is not even logged in yet then make sure they are.
2592 if (!isloggedin()) {
2593 if ($autologinguest and !empty($CFG->guestloginbutton
) and !empty($CFG->autologinguests
)) {
2594 if (!$guest = get_complete_user_data('id', $CFG->siteguest
)) {
2595 // Misconfigured site guest, just redirect to login page.
2596 redirect(get_login_url());
2597 exit; // Never reached.
2599 $lang = isset($SESSION->lang
) ?
$SESSION->lang
: $CFG->lang
;
2600 complete_user_login($guest);
2601 $USER->autologinguest
= true;
2602 $SESSION->lang
= $lang;
2604 // NOTE: $USER->site check was obsoleted by session test cookie, $USER->confirmed test is in login/index.php.
2605 if ($preventredirect) {
2606 throw new require_login_exception('You are not logged in');
2609 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2610 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2613 $referer = get_local_referer(false);
2614 if (!empty($referer)) {
2615 $SESSION->fromurl
= $referer;
2618 // Give auth plugins an opportunity to authenticate or redirect to an external login page
2619 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins(true); // auths, in sequence
2620 foreach($authsequence as $authname) {
2621 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($authname);
2622 $authplugin->pre_loginpage_hook();
2628 // If we're still not logged in then go to the login page
2629 if (!isloggedin()) {
2630 redirect(get_login_url());
2631 exit; // Never reached.
2636 // Loginas as redirection if needed.
2637 if ($course->id
!= SITEID
and \core\session\manager
::is_loggedinas()) {
2638 if ($USER->loginascontext
->contextlevel
== CONTEXT_COURSE
) {
2639 if ($USER->loginascontext
->instanceid
!= $course->id
) {
2640 print_error('loginasonecourse', '', $CFG->wwwroot
.'/course/view.php?id='.$USER->loginascontext
->instanceid
);
2645 // Check whether the user should be changing password (but only if it is REALLY them).
2646 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange') && !\core\session\manager
::is_loggedinas()) {
2647 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth
);
2648 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and !$preventredirect) {
2649 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2650 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2652 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
2653 // Use plugin custom url.
2654 redirect($changeurl);
2656 // Use moodle internal method.
2657 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/change_password.php');
2659 } else if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
2660 throw new moodle_exception('forcepasswordchangenotice');
2662 throw new moodle_exception('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
2666 // Check that the user account is properly set up. If we can't redirect to
2667 // edit their profile and this is not a WS request, perform just the lax check.
2668 // It will allow them to use filepicker on the profile edit page.
2670 if ($preventredirect && !WS_SERVER
) {
2671 $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, false);
2673 $usernotfullysetup = user_not_fully_set_up($USER, true);
2676 if ($usernotfullysetup) {
2677 if ($preventredirect) {
2678 throw new moodle_exception('usernotfullysetup');
2680 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2681 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2683 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/user/edit.php?id='. $USER->id
.'&course='. SITEID
);
2686 // Make sure the USER has a sesskey set up. Used for CSRF protection.
2689 // Do not bother admins with any formalities, except for activities pending deletion.
2690 if (is_siteadmin() && !($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress
)) {
2691 // Set the global $COURSE.
2693 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
2694 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
2695 } else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2696 $PAGE->set_course($course);
2698 // Set accesstime or the user will appear offline which messes up messaging.
2699 user_accesstime_log($course->id
);
2703 // Scripts have a chance to declare that $USER->policyagreed should not be checked.
2704 // This is mostly for places where users are actually accepting the policies, to avoid the redirect loop.
2705 if (!defined('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK')) {
2706 define('NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK', false);
2709 // Check that the user has agreed to a site policy if there is one - do not test in case of admins.
2710 // Do not test if the script explicitly asked for skipping the site policies check.
2711 if (!$USER->policyagreed
&& !is_siteadmin() && !NO_SITEPOLICY_CHECK
) {
2712 $manager = new \core_privacy\local\sitepolicy\
manager();
2713 if ($policyurl = $manager->get_redirect_url(isguestuser())) {
2714 if ($preventredirect) {
2715 throw new moodle_exception('sitepolicynotagreed', 'error', '', $policyurl->out());
2717 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2718 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2720 redirect($policyurl);
2724 // Fetch the system context, the course context, and prefetch its child contexts.
2725 $sysctx = context_system
::instance();
2726 $coursecontext = context_course
::instance($course->id
, MUST_EXIST
);
2728 $cmcontext = context_module
::instance($cm->id
, MUST_EXIST
);
2733 // If the site is currently under maintenance, then print a message.
2734 if (!empty($CFG->maintenance_enabled
) and !has_capability('moodle/site:maintenanceaccess', $sysctx)) {
2735 if ($preventredirect) {
2736 throw new require_login_exception('Maintenance in progress');
2738 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2739 print_maintenance_message();
2742 // Make sure the course itself is not hidden.
2743 if ($course->id
== SITEID
) {
2744 // Frontpage can not be hidden.
2746 if (is_role_switched($course->id
)) {
2747 // When switching roles ignore the hidden flag - user had to be in course to do the switch.
2749 if (!$course->visible
and !has_capability('moodle/course:viewhiddencourses', $coursecontext)) {
2750 // Originally there was also test of parent category visibility, BUT is was very slow in complex queries
2751 // involving "my courses" now it is also possible to simply hide all courses user is not enrolled in :-).
2752 if ($preventredirect) {
2753 throw new require_login_exception('Course is hidden');
2755 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2756 // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus
2757 // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it.
2758 navigation_node
::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/'));
2759 notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot
.'/');
2764 // Is the user enrolled?
2765 if ($course->id
== SITEID
) {
2766 // Everybody is enrolled on the frontpage.
2768 if (\core\session\manager
::is_loggedinas()) {
2769 // Make sure the REAL person can access this course first.
2770 $realuser = \core\session\manager
::get_realuser();
2771 if (!is_enrolled($coursecontext, $realuser->id
, '', true) and
2772 !is_viewing($coursecontext, $realuser->id
) and !is_siteadmin($realuser->id
)) {
2773 if ($preventredirect) {
2774 throw new require_login_exception('Invalid course login-as access');
2776 $PAGE->set_context(null);
2777 echo $OUTPUT->header();
2778 notice(get_string('studentnotallowed', '', fullname($USER, true)), $CFG->wwwroot
.'/');
2784 if (is_role_switched($course->id
)) {
2785 // Ok, user had to be inside this course before the switch.
2788 } else if (is_viewing($coursecontext, $USER)) {
2789 // Ok, no need to mess with enrol.
2793 if (isset($USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
])) {
2794 if ($USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
] > time()) {
2796 if (isset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
])) {
2797 unset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
]);
2798 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
2802 unset($USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
]);
2805 if (isset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
])) {
2806 if ($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
] == 0) {
2808 } else if ($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
] > time()) {
2812 unset($USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
]);
2813 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext);
2819 $until = enrol_get_enrolment_end($coursecontext->instanceid
, $USER->id
);
2820 if ($until !== false) {
2821 // Active participants may always access, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
2823 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP
;
2825 $USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
] = $until;
2829 $params = array('courseid' => $course->id
, 'status' => ENROL_INSTANCE_ENABLED
);
2830 $instances = $DB->get_records('enrol', $params, 'sortorder, id ASC');
2831 $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true);
2832 // First ask all enabled enrol instances in course if they want to auto enrol user.
2833 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
2834 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol
])) {
2837 // Get a duration for the enrolment, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false.
2838 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol
]->try_autoenrol($instance);
2839 if ($until !== false) {
2841 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP
;
2843 $USER->enrol
['enrolled'][$course->id
] = $until;
2848 // If not enrolled yet try to gain temporary guest access.
2850 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
2851 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol
])) {
2854 // Get a duration for the guest access, a timestamp in the future or false.
2855 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol
]->try_guestaccess($instance);
2856 if ($until !== false and $until > time()) {
2857 $USER->enrol
['tempguest'][$course->id
] = $until;
2868 if ($preventredirect) {
2869 throw new require_login_exception('Not enrolled');
2871 if ($setwantsurltome) {
2872 $SESSION->wantsurl
= qualified_me();
2874 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/enrol/index.php?id='. $course->id
);
2878 // Check whether the activity has been scheduled for deletion. If so, then deny access, even for admins.
2879 if ($cm && $cm->deletioninprogress
) {
2880 if ($preventredirect) {
2881 throw new moodle_exception('activityisscheduledfordeletion');
2883 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/course/lib.php');
2884 redirect(course_get_url($course), get_string('activityisscheduledfordeletion', 'error'));
2887 // Check visibility of activity to current user; includes visible flag, conditional availability, etc.
2888 if ($cm && !$cm->uservisible
) {
2889 if ($preventredirect) {
2890 throw new require_login_exception('Activity is hidden');
2892 // Get the error message that activity is not available and why (if explanation can be shown to the user).
2893 $PAGE->set_course($course);
2894 $renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('course');
2895 $message = $renderer->course_section_cm_unavailable_error_message($cm);
2896 redirect(course_get_url($course), $message, null, \core\output\notification
::NOTIFY_ERROR
);
2899 // Set the global $COURSE.
2901 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
2902 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
2903 } else if (!empty($courseorid)) {
2904 $PAGE->set_course($course);
2907 // Finally access granted, update lastaccess times.
2908 user_accesstime_log($course->id
);
2913 * This function just makes sure a user is logged out.
2915 * @package core_access
2918 function require_logout() {
2921 if (!isloggedin()) {
2922 // This should not happen often, no need for hooks or events here.
2923 \core\session\manager
::terminate_current();
2927 // Execute hooks before action.
2928 $authplugins = array();
2929 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
2930 foreach ($authsequence as $authname) {
2931 $authplugins[$authname] = get_auth_plugin($authname);
2932 $authplugins[$authname]->prelogout_hook();
2935 // Store info that gets removed during logout.
2936 $sid = session_id();
2937 $event = \core\event\user_loggedout
::create(
2939 'userid' => $USER->id
,
2940 'objectid' => $USER->id
,
2941 'other' => array('sessionid' => $sid),
2944 if ($session = $DB->get_record('sessions', array('sid'=>$sid))) {
2945 $event->add_record_snapshot('sessions', $session);
2948 // Clone of $USER object to be used by auth plugins.
2949 $user = fullclone($USER);
2951 // Delete session record and drop $_SESSION content.
2952 \core\session\manager
::terminate_current();
2954 // Trigger event AFTER action.
2957 // Hook to execute auth plugins redirection after event trigger.
2958 foreach ($authplugins as $authplugin) {
2959 $authplugin->postlogout_hook($user);
2964 * Weaker version of require_login()
2966 * This is a weaker version of {@link require_login()} which only requires login
2967 * when called from within a course rather than the site page, unless
2968 * the forcelogin option is turned on.
2969 * @see require_login()
2971 * @package core_access
2974 * @param mixed $courseorid The course object or id in question
2975 * @param bool $autologinguest Allow autologin guests if that is wanted
2976 * @param object $cm Course activity module if known
2977 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to
2978 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable,
2979 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495
2980 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions
2982 * @throws coding_exception
2984 function require_course_login($courseorid, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) {
2985 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
2986 $issite = ((is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid->id
== SITEID
)
2987 or (!is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid == SITEID
));
2988 if ($issite && !empty($cm) && !($cm instanceof cm_info
)) {
2989 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any
2990 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously
2991 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this.
2992 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
2993 $course = $courseorid;
2995 $course = clone($SITE);
2997 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course);
2998 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id
);
3000 if (!empty($CFG->forcelogin
)) {
3001 // Login required for both SITE and courses.
3002 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3004 } else if ($issite && !empty($cm) and !$cm->uservisible
) {
3005 // Always login for hidden activities.
3006 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3008 } else if ($issite) {
3009 // Login for SITE not required.
3010 // We still need to instatiate PAGE vars properly so that things that rely on it like navigation function correctly.
3011 if (!empty($courseorid)) {
3012 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
3013 $course = $courseorid;
3015 $course = clone $SITE;
3018 if ($cm->course
!= $course->id
) {
3019 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_course_login() call do not match!!');
3021 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course);
3022 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse');
3024 $PAGE->set_course($course);
3027 // If $PAGE->course, and hence $PAGE->context, have not already been set up properly, set them up now.
3028 $PAGE->set_course($PAGE->course
);
3030 user_accesstime_log(SITEID
);
3034 // Course login always required.
3035 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect);
3040 * Validates a user key, checking if the key exists, is not expired and the remote ip is correct.
3042 * @param string $keyvalue the key value
3043 * @param string $script unique script identifier
3044 * @param int $instance instance id
3045 * @return stdClass the key entry in the user_private_key table
3047 * @throws moodle_exception
3049 function validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance) {
3052 if (!$key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'value' => $keyvalue, 'instance' => $instance))) {
3053 print_error('invalidkey');
3056 if (!empty($key->validuntil
) and $key->validuntil
< time()) {
3057 print_error('expiredkey');
3060 if ($key->iprestriction
) {
3061 $remoteaddr = getremoteaddr(null);
3062 if (empty($remoteaddr) or !address_in_subnet($remoteaddr, $key->iprestriction
)) {
3063 print_error('ipmismatch');
3070 * Require key login. Function terminates with error if key not found or incorrect.
3072 * @uses NO_MOODLE_COOKIES
3073 * @uses PARAM_ALPHANUM
3074 * @param string $script unique script identifier
3075 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3076 * @return int Instance ID
3078 function require_user_key_login($script, $instance=null) {
3081 if (!NO_MOODLE_COOKIES
) {
3082 print_error('sessioncookiesdisable');
3086 \core\session\manager
::write_close();
3088 $keyvalue = required_param('key', PARAM_ALPHANUM
);
3090 $key = validate_user_key($keyvalue, $script, $instance);
3092 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $key->userid
))) {
3093 print_error('invaliduserid');
3096 // Emulate normal session.
3097 enrol_check_plugins($user);
3098 \core\session\manager
::set_user($user);
3100 // Note we are not using normal login.
3101 if (!defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN')) {
3102 define('USER_KEY_LOGIN', true);
3105 // Return instance id - it might be empty.
3106 return $key->instance
;
3110 * Creates a new private user access key.
3112 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3113 * @param int $userid
3114 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3115 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
3116 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given data
3117 * @return string access key value
3119 function create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
3122 $key = new stdClass();
3123 $key->script
= $script;
3124 $key->userid
= $userid;
3125 $key->instance
= $instance;
3126 $key->iprestriction
= $iprestriction;
3127 $key->validuntil
= $validuntil;
3128 $key->timecreated
= time();
3130 // Something long and unique.
3131 $key->value
= md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
3132 while ($DB->record_exists('user_private_key', array('value' => $key->value
))) {
3134 $key->value
= md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40));
3136 $DB->insert_record('user_private_key', $key);
3141 * Delete the user's new private user access keys for a particular script.
3143 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3144 * @param int $userid
3147 function delete_user_key($script, $userid) {
3149 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid));
3153 * Gets a private user access key (and creates one if one doesn't exist).
3155 * @param string $script unique target identifier
3156 * @param int $userid
3157 * @param int $instance optional instance id
3158 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access
3159 * @param int $validuntil key valid only until given date
3160 * @return string access key value
3162 function get_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) {
3165 if ($key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid,
3166 'instance' => $instance, 'iprestriction' => $iprestriction,
3167 'validuntil' => $validuntil))) {
3170 return create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance, $iprestriction, $validuntil);
3176 * Modify the user table by setting the currently logged in user's last login to now.
3178 * @return bool Always returns true
3180 function update_user_login_times() {
3183 if (isguestuser()) {
3184 // Do not update guest access times/ips for performance.
3190 $user = new stdClass();
3191 $user->id
= $USER->id
;
3193 // Make sure all users that logged in have some firstaccess.
3194 if ($USER->firstaccess
== 0) {
3195 $USER->firstaccess
= $user->firstaccess
= $now;
3198 // Store the previous current as lastlogin.
3199 $USER->lastlogin
= $user->lastlogin
= $USER->currentlogin
;
3201 $USER->currentlogin
= $user->currentlogin
= $now;
3203 // Function user_accesstime_log() may not update immediately, better do it here.
3204 $USER->lastaccess
= $user->lastaccess
= $now;
3205 $USER->lastip
= $user->lastip
= getremoteaddr();
3207 // Note: do not call user_update_user() here because this is part of the login process,
3208 // the login event means that these fields were updated.
3209 $DB->update_record('user', $user);
3214 * Determines if a user has completed setting up their account.
3216 * The lax mode (with $strict = false) has been introduced for special cases
3217 * only where we want to skip certain checks intentionally. This is valid in
3218 * certain mnet or ajax scenarios when the user cannot / should not be
3219 * redirected to edit their profile. In most cases, you should perform the
3222 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to test for the existence of a valid name and email
3223 * @param bool $strict Be more strict and assert id and custom profile fields set, too
3226 function user_not_fully_set_up($user, $strict = true) {
3228 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/profile/lib.php');
3230 if (isguestuser($user)) {
3234 if (empty($user->firstname
) or empty($user->lastname
) or empty($user->email
) or over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
3239 if (empty($user->id
)) {
3240 // Strict mode can be used with existing accounts only.
3243 if (!profile_has_required_custom_fields_set($user->id
)) {
3252 * Check whether the user has exceeded the bounce threshold
3254 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
3255 * @return bool true => User has exceeded bounce threshold
3257 function over_bounce_threshold($user) {
3260 if (empty($CFG->handlebounces
)) {
3264 if (empty($user->id
)) {
3265 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
3269 // Set sensible defaults.
3270 if (empty($CFG->minbounces
)) {
3271 $CFG->minbounces
= 10;
3273 if (empty($CFG->bounceratio
)) {
3274 $CFG->bounceratio
= .20;
3278 if ($bounce = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array ('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
3279 $bouncecount = $bounce->value
;
3281 if ($send = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
3282 $sendcount = $send->value
;
3284 return ($bouncecount >= $CFG->minbounces
&& $bouncecount/$sendcount >= $CFG->bounceratio
);
3288 * Used to increment or reset email sent count
3290 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
3291 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
3294 function set_send_count($user, $reset=false) {
3297 if (empty($user->id
)) {
3298 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here.
3302 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) {
3303 $pref->value
= (!empty($reset)) ?
0 : $pref->value+
1;
3304 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
3305 } else if (!empty($reset)) {
3306 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
3307 $pref = new stdClass();
3308 $pref->name
= 'email_send_count';
3310 $pref->userid
= $user->id
;
3311 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
3316 * Increment or reset user's email bounce count
3318 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id
3319 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0
3321 function set_bounce_count($user, $reset=false) {
3324 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) {
3325 $pref->value
= (!empty($reset)) ?
0 : $pref->value+
1;
3326 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref);
3327 } else if (!empty($reset)) {
3328 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one.
3329 $pref = new stdClass();
3330 $pref->name
= 'email_bounce_count';
3332 $pref->userid
= $user->id
;
3333 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false);
3338 * Determines if the logged in user is currently moving an activity
3340 * @param int $courseid The id of the course being tested
3343 function ismoving($courseid) {
3346 if (!empty($USER->activitycopy
)) {
3347 return ($USER->activitycopycourse
== $courseid);
3353 * Returns a persons full name
3355 * Given an object containing all of the users name values, this function returns a string with the full name of the person.
3356 * The result may depend on system settings or language. 'override' will force both names to be used even if system settings
3359 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to get full name of.
3360 * @param bool $override If true then the name will be firstname followed by lastname rather than adhering to fullnamedisplay.
3363 function fullname($user, $override=false) {
3364 global $CFG, $SESSION;
3366 if (!isset($user->firstname
) and !isset($user->lastname
)) {
3370 // Get all of the name fields.
3371 $allnames = get_all_user_name_fields();
3372 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
) {
3373 foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
3374 if (!property_exists($user, $allname)) {
3375 // If all the user name fields are not set in the user object, then notify the programmer that it needs to be fixed.
3376 debugging('You need to update your sql to include additional name fields in the user object.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
3377 // Message has been sent, no point in sending the message multiple times.
3384 if (!empty($CFG->forcefirstname
)) {
3385 $user->firstname
= $CFG->forcefirstname
;
3387 if (!empty($CFG->forcelastname
)) {
3388 $user->lastname
= $CFG->forcelastname
;
3392 if (!empty($SESSION->fullnamedisplay
)) {
3393 $CFG->fullnamedisplay
= $SESSION->fullnamedisplay
;
3397 // If the fullnamedisplay setting is available, set the template to that.
3398 if (isset($CFG->fullnamedisplay
)) {
3399 $template = $CFG->fullnamedisplay
;
3401 // If the template is empty, or set to language, return the language string.
3402 if ((empty($template) ||
$template == 'language') && !$override) {
3403 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
3406 // Check to see if we are displaying according to the alternative full name format.
3408 if (empty($CFG->alternativefullnameformat
) ||
$CFG->alternativefullnameformat
== 'language') {
3409 // Default to show just the user names according to the fullnamedisplay string.
3410 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user);
3412 // If the override is true, then change the template to use the complete name.
3413 $template = $CFG->alternativefullnameformat
;
3417 $requirednames = array();
3418 // With each name, see if it is in the display name template, and add it to the required names array if it is.
3419 foreach ($allnames as $allname) {
3420 if (strpos($template, $allname) !== false) {
3421 $requirednames[] = $allname;
3425 $displayname = $template;
3426 // Switch in the actual data into the template.
3427 foreach ($requirednames as $altname) {
3428 if (isset($user->$altname)) {
3429 // Using empty() on the below if statement causes breakages.
3430 if ((string)$user->$altname == '') {
3431 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
3433 $displayname = str_replace($altname, $user->$altname, $displayname);
3436 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname);
3439 // Tidy up any misc. characters (Not perfect, but gets most characters).
3440 // Don't remove the "u" at the end of the first expression unless you want garbled characters when combining hiragana or
3441 // katakana and parenthesis.
3442 $patterns = array();
3443 // This regular expression replacement is to fix problems such as 'James () Kirk' Where 'Tiberius' (middlename) has not been
3444 // filled in by a user.
3445 // The special characters are Japanese brackets that are common enough to make allowances for them (not covered by :punct:).
3446 $patterns[] = '/[[:punct:]「」]*EMPTY[[:punct:]「」]*/u';
3447 // This regular expression is to remove any double spaces in the display name.
3448 $patterns[] = '/\s{2,}/u';
3449 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
3450 $displayname = preg_replace($pattern, ' ', $displayname);
3453 // Trimming $displayname will help the next check to ensure that we don't have a display name with spaces.
3454 $displayname = trim($displayname);
3455 if (empty($displayname)) {
3456 // Going with just the first name if no alternate fields are filled out. May be changed later depending on what
3457 // people in general feel is a good setting to fall back on.
3458 $displayname = $user->firstname
;
3460 return $displayname;
3464 * A centralised location for the all name fields. Returns an array / sql string snippet.
3466 * @param bool $returnsql True for an sql select field snippet.
3467 * @param string $tableprefix table query prefix to use in front of each field.
3468 * @param string $prefix prefix added to the name fields e.g. authorfirstname.
3469 * @param string $fieldprefix sql field prefix e.g. id AS userid.
3470 * @param bool $order moves firstname and lastname to the top of the array / start of the string.
3471 * @return array|string All name fields.
3473 function get_all_user_name_fields($returnsql = false, $tableprefix = null, $prefix = null, $fieldprefix = null, $order = false) {
3474 // This array is provided in this order because when called by fullname() (above) if firstname is before
3475 // firstnamephonetic str_replace() will change the wrong placeholder.
3476 $alternatenames = array('firstnamephonetic' => 'firstnamephonetic',
3477 'lastnamephonetic' => 'lastnamephonetic',
3478 'middlename' => 'middlename',
3479 'alternatename' => 'alternatename',
3480 'firstname' => 'firstname',
3481 'lastname' => 'lastname');
3483 // Let's add a prefix to the array of user name fields if provided.
3485 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3486 $alternatenames[$key] = $prefix . $altname;
3490 // If we want the end result to have firstname and lastname at the front / top of the result.
3492 // Move the last two elements (firstname, lastname) off the array and put them at the top.
3493 for ($i = 0; $i < 2; $i++
) {
3494 // Get the last element.
3495 $lastelement = end($alternatenames);
3496 // Remove it from the array.
3497 unset($alternatenames[$lastelement]);
3498 // Put the element back on the top of the array.
3499 $alternatenames = array_merge(array($lastelement => $lastelement), $alternatenames);
3503 // Create an sql field snippet if requested.
3507 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3508 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname . ' AS ' . $fieldprefix . $altname;
3511 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) {
3512 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname;
3516 $alternatenames = implode(',', $alternatenames);
3518 return $alternatenames;
3522 * Reduces lines of duplicated code for getting user name fields.
3524 * See also {@link user_picture::unalias()}
3526 * @param object $addtoobject Object to add user name fields to.
3527 * @param object $secondobject Object that contains user name field information.
3528 * @param string $prefix prefix to be added to all fields (including $additionalfields) e.g. authorfirstname.
3529 * @param array $additionalfields Additional fields to be matched with data in the second object.
3530 * The key can be set to the user table field name.
3531 * @return object User name fields.
3533 function username_load_fields_from_object($addtoobject, $secondobject, $prefix = null, $additionalfields = null) {
3534 $fields = get_all_user_name_fields(false, null, $prefix);
3535 if ($additionalfields) {
3536 // Additional fields can specify their own 'alias' such as 'id' => 'userid'. This checks to see if
3537 // the key is a number and then sets the key to the array value.
3538 foreach ($additionalfields as $key => $value) {
3539 if (is_numeric($key)) {
3540 $additionalfields[$value] = $prefix . $value;
3541 unset($additionalfields[$key]);
3543 $additionalfields[$key] = $prefix . $value;
3546 $fields = array_merge($fields, $additionalfields);
3548 foreach ($fields as $key => $field) {
3549 // Important that we have all of the user name fields present in the object that we are sending back.
3550 $addtoobject->$key = '';
3551 if (isset($secondobject->$field)) {
3552 $addtoobject->$key = $secondobject->$field;
3555 return $addtoobject;
3559 * Returns an array of values in order of occurance in a provided string.
3560 * The key in the result is the character postion in the string.
3562 * @param array $values Values to be found in the string format
3563 * @param string $stringformat The string which may contain values being searched for.
3564 * @return array An array of values in order according to placement in the string format.
3566 function order_in_string($values, $stringformat) {
3567 $valuearray = array();
3568 foreach ($values as $value) {
3569 $pattern = "/$value\b/";
3570 // Using preg_match as strpos() may match values that are similar e.g. firstname and firstnamephonetic.
3571 if (preg_match($pattern, $stringformat)) {
3572 $replacement = "thing";
3573 // Replace the value with something more unique to ensure we get the right position when using strpos().
3574 $newformat = preg_replace($pattern, $replacement, $stringformat);
3575 $position = strpos($newformat, $replacement);
3576 $valuearray[$position] = $value;
3584 * Checks if current user is shown any extra fields when listing users.
3586 * @param object $context Context
3587 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to show anyway
3588 * so don't bother listing them
3589 * @return array Array of field names from user table, not including anything
3590 * listed in $already
3592 function get_extra_user_fields($context, $already = array()) {
3595 // Only users with permission get the extra fields.
3596 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:viewuseridentity', $context)) {
3600 // Split showuseridentity on comma.
3601 if (empty($CFG->showuseridentity
)) {
3602 // Explode gives wrong result with empty string.
3605 $extra = explode(',', $CFG->showuseridentity
);
3608 foreach ($extra as $key => $field) {
3609 if (in_array($field, $already)) {
3610 unset($extra[$key]);
3615 // For consistency, if entries are removed from array, renumber it
3616 // so they are numbered as you would expect.
3617 $extra = array_merge($extra);
3623 * If the current user is to be shown extra user fields when listing or
3624 * selecting users, returns a string suitable for including in an SQL select
3625 * clause to retrieve those fields.
3627 * @param context $context Context
3628 * @param string $alias Alias of user table, e.g. 'u' (default none)
3629 * @param string $prefix Prefix for field names using AS, e.g. 'u_' (default none)
3630 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to include anyway so don't list them (default none)
3631 * @return string Partial SQL select clause, beginning with comma, for example ',u.idnumber,u.department' unless it is blank
3633 function get_extra_user_fields_sql($context, $alias='', $prefix='', $already = array()) {
3634 $fields = get_extra_user_fields($context, $already);
3636 // Add punctuation for alias.
3637 if ($alias !== '') {
3640 foreach ($fields as $field) {
3641 $result .= ', ' . $alias . $field;
3643 $result .= ' AS ' . $prefix . $field;
3650 * Returns the display name of a field in the user table. Works for most fields that are commonly displayed to users.
3651 * @param string $field Field name, e.g. 'phone1'
3652 * @return string Text description taken from language file, e.g. 'Phone number'
3654 function get_user_field_name($field) {
3655 // Some fields have language strings which are not the same as field name.
3658 return get_string('webpage');
3661 return get_string('icqnumber');
3664 return get_string('skypeid');
3667 return get_string('aimid');
3670 return get_string('yahooid');
3673 return get_string('msnid');
3676 return get_string('pictureofuser');
3679 // Otherwise just use the same lang string.
3680 return get_string($field);
3684 * Returns whether a given authentication plugin exists.
3686 * @param string $auth Form of authentication to check for. Defaults to the global setting in {@link $CFG}.
3687 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is available.
3689 function exists_auth_plugin($auth) {
3692 if (file_exists("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php")) {
3693 return is_readable("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
3699 * Checks if a given plugin is in the list of enabled authentication plugins.
3701 * @param string $auth Authentication plugin.
3702 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is enabled.
3704 function is_enabled_auth($auth) {
3709 $enabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
3711 return in_array($auth, $enabled);
3715 * Returns an authentication plugin instance.
3717 * @param string $auth name of authentication plugin
3718 * @return auth_plugin_base An instance of the required authentication plugin.
3720 function get_auth_plugin($auth) {
3723 // Check the plugin exists first.
3724 if (! exists_auth_plugin($auth)) {
3725 print_error('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', '', $auth);
3728 // Return auth plugin instance.
3729 require_once("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php");
3730 $class = "auth_plugin_$auth";
3735 * Returns array of active auth plugins.
3737 * @param bool $fix fix $CFG->auth if needed
3740 function get_enabled_auth_plugins($fix=false) {
3743 $default = array('manual', 'nologin');
3745 if (empty($CFG->auth
)) {
3748 $auths = explode(',', $CFG->auth
);
3752 $auths = array_unique($auths);
3753 foreach ($auths as $k => $authname) {
3754 if (!exists_auth_plugin($authname) or in_array($authname, $default)) {
3758 $newconfig = implode(',', $auths);
3759 if (!isset($CFG->auth
) or $newconfig != $CFG->auth
) {
3760 set_config('auth', $newconfig);
3764 return (array_merge($default, $auths));
3768 * Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used.
3769 * if method not specified then, global default is assumed
3771 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
3774 function is_internal_auth($auth) {
3775 // Throws error if bad $auth.
3776 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
3777 return $authplugin->is_internal();
3781 * Returns true if the user is a 'restored' one.
3783 * Used in the login process to inform the user and allow him/her to reset the password
3785 * @param string $username username to be checked
3788 function is_restored_user($username) {
3791 return $DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'password' => 'restored'));
3795 * Returns an array of user fields
3797 * @return array User field/column names
3799 function get_user_fieldnames() {
3802 $fieldarray = $DB->get_columns('user');
3803 unset($fieldarray['id']);
3804 $fieldarray = array_keys($fieldarray);
3810 * Creates a bare-bones user record
3812 * @todo Outline auth types and provide code example
3814 * @param string $username New user's username to add to record
3815 * @param string $password New user's password to add to record
3816 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required
3817 * @return stdClass A complete user object
3819 function create_user_record($username, $password, $auth = 'manual') {
3821 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/profile/lib.php');
3822 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/lib.php');
3824 // Just in case check text case.
3825 $username = trim(core_text
::strtolower($username));
3827 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
3828 $customfields = $authplugin->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
3829 $newuser = new stdClass();
3830 if ($newinfo = $authplugin->get_userinfo($username)) {
3831 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
3832 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
3833 if (in_array($key, $authplugin->userfields
) ||
(in_array($key, $customfields))) {
3834 $newuser->$key = $value;
3839 if (!empty($newuser->email
)) {
3840 if (email_is_not_allowed($newuser->email
)) {
3841 unset($newuser->email
);
3845 if (!isset($newuser->city
)) {
3846 $newuser->city
= '';
3849 $newuser->auth
= $auth;
3850 $newuser->username
= $username;
3853 // user CFG lang for user if $newuser->lang is empty
3854 // or $user->lang is not an installed language.
3855 if (empty($newuser->lang
) ||
!get_string_manager()->translation_exists($newuser->lang
)) {
3856 $newuser->lang
= $CFG->lang
;
3858 $newuser->confirmed
= 1;
3859 $newuser->lastip
= getremoteaddr();
3860 $newuser->timecreated
= time();
3861 $newuser->timemodified
= $newuser->timecreated
;
3862 $newuser->mnethostid
= $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
;
3864 $newuser->id
= user_create_user($newuser, false, false);
3866 // Save user profile data.
3867 profile_save_data($newuser);
3869 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $newuser->id
);
3870 if (!empty($CFG->{'auth_'.$newuser->auth
.'_forcechangepassword'})) {
3871 set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user);
3873 // Set the password.
3874 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
3877 \core\event\user_created
::create_from_userid($newuser->id
)->trigger();
3883 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
3885 * @param string $username user's username to update the record
3886 * @return stdClass A complete user object
3888 function update_user_record($username) {
3890 // Just in case check text case.
3891 $username = trim(core_text
::strtolower($username));
3893 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
3894 return update_user_record_by_id($oldinfo->id
);
3898 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!).
3900 * @param int $id user id
3901 * @return stdClass A complete user object
3903 function update_user_record_by_id($id) {
3905 require_once($CFG->dirroot
."/user/profile/lib.php");
3906 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/lib.php');
3908 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'id' => $id, 'deleted' => 0);
3909 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', $params, '*', MUST_EXIST
);
3912 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($oldinfo->auth
);
3914 if ($newinfo = $userauth->get_userinfo($oldinfo->username
)) {
3915 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo);
3916 $customfields = $userauth->get_custom_user_profile_fields();
3918 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) {
3919 $iscustom = in_array($key, $customfields);
3921 $key = strtolower($key);
3923 if ((!property_exists($oldinfo, $key) && !$iscustom) or $key === 'username' or $key === 'id'
3924 or $key === 'auth' or $key === 'mnethostid' or $key === 'deleted') {
3925 // Unknown or must not be changed.
3928 if (empty($userauth->config
->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key}) ||
empty($userauth->config
->{'field_lock_' . $key})) {
3931 $confval = $userauth->config
->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key};
3932 $lockval = $userauth->config
->{'field_lock_' . $key};
3933 if ($confval === 'onlogin') {
3934 // MDL-4207 Don't overwrite modified user profile values with
3935 // empty LDAP values when 'unlocked if empty' is set. The purpose
3936 // of the setting 'unlocked if empty' is to allow the user to fill
3937 // in a value for the selected field _if LDAP is giving
3938 // nothing_ for this field. Thus it makes sense to let this value
3939 // stand in until LDAP is giving a value for this field.
3940 if (!(empty($value) && $lockval === 'unlockedifempty')) {
3941 if ($iscustom ||
(in_array($key, $userauth->userfields
) &&
3942 ((string)$oldinfo->$key !== (string)$value))) {
3943 $newuser[$key] = (string)$value;
3949 $newuser['id'] = $oldinfo->id
;
3950 $newuser['timemodified'] = time();
3951 user_update_user((object) $newuser, false, false);
3953 // Save user profile data.
3954 profile_save_data((object) $newuser);
3957 \core\event\user_updated
::create_from_userid($newuser['id'])->trigger();
3961 return get_complete_user_data('id', $oldinfo->id
);
3965 * Will truncate userinfo as it comes from auth_get_userinfo (from external auth) which may have large fields.
3967 * @param array $info Array of user properties to truncate if needed
3968 * @return array The now truncated information that was passed in
3970 function truncate_userinfo(array $info) {
3971 // Define the limits.
3981 'institution' => 255,
3982 'department' => 255,
3989 // Apply where needed.
3990 foreach (array_keys($info) as $key) {
3991 if (!empty($limit[$key])) {
3992 $info[$key] = trim(core_text
::substr($info[$key], 0, $limit[$key]));
4000 * Marks user deleted in internal user database and notifies the auth plugin.
4001 * Also unenrols user from all roles and does other cleanup.
4003 * Any plugin that needs to purge user data should register the 'user_deleted' event.
4005 * @param stdClass $user full user object before delete
4006 * @return boolean success
4007 * @throws coding_exception if invalid $user parameter detected
4009 function delete_user(stdClass
$user) {
4011 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/grouplib.php');
4012 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
4013 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/message/lib.php');
4014 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/lib.php');
4016 // Make sure nobody sends bogus record type as parameter.
4017 if (!property_exists($user, 'id') or !property_exists($user, 'username')) {
4018 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in delete_user() detected');
4021 // Better not trust the parameter and fetch the latest info this will be very expensive anyway.
4022 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id
))) {
4023 debugging('Attempt to delete unknown user account.');
4027 // There must be always exactly one guest record, originally the guest account was identified by username only,
4028 // now we use $CFG->siteguest for performance reasons.
4029 if ($user->username
=== 'guest' or isguestuser($user)) {
4030 debugging('Guest user account can not be deleted.');
4034 // Admin can be theoretically from different auth plugin, but we want to prevent deletion of internal accoutns only,
4035 // if anything goes wrong ppl may force somebody to be admin via config.php setting $CFG->siteadmins.
4036 if ($user->auth
=== 'manual' and is_siteadmin($user)) {
4037 debugging('Local administrator accounts can not be deleted.');
4041 // Allow plugins to use this user object before we completely delete it.
4042 if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_user_delete')) {
4043 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
4044 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
4045 $pluginfunction($user);
4050 // Keep user record before updating it, as we have to pass this to user_deleted event.
4051 $olduser = clone $user;
4053 // Keep a copy of user context, we need it for event.
4054 $usercontext = context_user
::instance($user->id
);
4056 // Delete all grades - backup is kept in grade_grades_history table.
4057 grade_user_delete($user->id
);
4059 // TODO: remove from cohorts using standard API here.
4061 // Remove user tags.
4062 core_tag_tag
::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'user', $user->id
);
4064 // Unconditionally unenrol from all courses.
4065 enrol_user_delete($user);
4067 // Unenrol from all roles in all contexts.
4068 // This might be slow but it is really needed - modules might do some extra cleanup!
4069 role_unassign_all(array('userid' => $user->id
));
4071 // Now do a brute force cleanup.
4073 // Remove from all cohorts.
4074 $DB->delete_records('cohort_members', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4076 // Remove from all groups.
4077 $DB->delete_records('groups_members', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4079 // Brute force unenrol from all courses.
4080 $DB->delete_records('user_enrolments', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4082 // Purge user preferences.
4083 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4085 // Purge user extra profile info.
4086 $DB->delete_records('user_info_data', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4088 // Purge log of previous password hashes.
4089 $DB->delete_records('user_password_history', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4091 // Last course access not necessary either.
4092 $DB->delete_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4093 // Remove all user tokens.
4094 $DB->delete_records('external_tokens', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4096 // Unauthorise the user for all services.
4097 $DB->delete_records('external_services_users', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4099 // Remove users private keys.
4100 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('userid' => $user->id
));
4102 // Remove users customised pages.
4103 $DB->delete_records('my_pages', array('userid' => $user->id
, 'private' => 1));
4105 // Force logout - may fail if file based sessions used, sorry.
4106 \core\session\manager
::kill_user_sessions($user->id
);
4108 // Generate username from email address, or a fake email.
4109 $delemail = !empty($user->email
) ?
$user->email
: $user->username
. '.' . $user->id
. '@unknownemail.invalid';
4110 $delname = clean_param($delemail . "." . time(), PARAM_USERNAME
);
4112 // Workaround for bulk deletes of users with the same email address.
4113 while ($DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $delname))) { // No need to use mnethostid here.
4117 // Mark internal user record as "deleted".
4118 $updateuser = new stdClass();
4119 $updateuser->id
= $user->id
;
4120 $updateuser->deleted
= 1;
4121 $updateuser->username
= $delname; // Remember it just in case.
4122 $updateuser->email
= md5($user->username
);// Store hash of username, useful importing/restoring users.
4123 $updateuser->idnumber
= ''; // Clear this field to free it up.
4124 $updateuser->picture
= 0;
4125 $updateuser->timemodified
= time();
4127 // Don't trigger update event, as user is being deleted.
4128 user_update_user($updateuser, false, false);
4130 // Now do a final accesslib cleanup - removes all role assignments in user context and context itself.
4131 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_USER
, $user->id
);
4133 // Any plugin that needs to cleanup should register this event.
4135 $event = \core\event\user_deleted
::create(
4137 'objectid' => $user->id
,
4138 'relateduserid' => $user->id
,
4139 'context' => $usercontext,
4141 'username' => $user->username
,
4142 'email' => $user->email
,
4143 'idnumber' => $user->idnumber
,
4144 'picture' => $user->picture
,
4145 'mnethostid' => $user->mnethostid
4149 $event->add_record_snapshot('user', $olduser);
4152 // We will update the user's timemodified, as it will be passed to the user_deleted event, which
4153 // should know about this updated property persisted to the user's table.
4154 $user->timemodified
= $updateuser->timemodified
;
4156 // Notify auth plugin - do not block the delete even when plugin fails.
4157 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
4158 $authplugin->user_delete($user);
4164 * Retrieve the guest user object.
4166 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object
4168 function guest_user() {
4171 if ($newuser = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $CFG->siteguest
))) {
4172 $newuser->confirmed
= 1;
4173 $newuser->lang
= $CFG->lang
;
4174 $newuser->lastip
= getremoteaddr();
4181 * Authenticates a user against the chosen authentication mechanism
4183 * Given a username and password, this function looks them
4184 * up using the currently selected authentication mechanism,
4185 * and if the authentication is successful, it returns a
4186 * valid $user object from the 'user' table.
4188 * Uses auth_ functions from the currently active auth module
4190 * After authenticate_user_login() returns success, you will need to
4191 * log that the user has logged in, and call complete_user_login() to set
4194 * Note: this function works only with non-mnet accounts!
4196 * @param string $username User's username (or also email if $CFG->authloginviaemail enabled)
4197 * @param string $password User's password
4198 * @param bool $ignorelockout useful when guessing is prevented by other mechanism such as captcha or SSO
4199 * @param int $failurereason login failure reason, can be used in renderers (it may disclose if account exists)
4200 * @return stdClass|false A {@link $USER} object or false if error
4202 function authenticate_user_login($username, $password, $ignorelockout=false, &$failurereason=null) {
4204 require_once("$CFG->libdir/authlib.php");
4206 if ($user = get_complete_user_data('username', $username, $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
)) {
4207 // we have found the user
4209 } else if (!empty($CFG->authloginviaemail
)) {
4210 if ($email = clean_param($username, PARAM_EMAIL
)) {
4211 $select = "mnethostid = :mnethostid AND LOWER(email) = LOWER(:email) AND deleted = 0";
4212 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'email' => $email);
4213 $users = $DB->get_records_select('user', $select, $params, 'id', 'id', 0, 2);
4214 if (count($users) === 1) {
4215 // Use email for login only if unique.
4216 $user = reset($users);
4217 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $user->id
);
4218 $username = $user->username
;
4224 $authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
4227 // Use manual if auth not set.
4228 $auth = empty($user->auth
) ?
'manual' : $user->auth
;
4230 if (in_array($user->auth
, $authsenabled)) {
4231 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
4232 $authplugin->pre_user_login_hook($user);
4235 if (!empty($user->suspended
)) {
4236 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED
;
4238 // Trigger login failed event.
4239 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4240 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4242 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4245 if ($auth=='nologin' or !is_enabled_auth($auth)) {
4246 // Legacy way to suspend user.
4247 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED
;
4249 // Trigger login failed event.
4250 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4251 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4253 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Disabled Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4256 $auths = array($auth);
4259 // Check if there's a deleted record (cheaply), this should not happen because we mangle usernames in delete_user().
4260 if ($DB->get_field('user', 'id', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
, 'deleted' => 1))) {
4261 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER
;
4263 // Trigger login failed event.
4264 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4265 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4267 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Deleted Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4271 // User does not exist.
4272 $auths = $authsenabled;
4273 $user = new stdClass();
4277 if ($ignorelockout) {
4278 // Some other mechanism protects against brute force password guessing, for example login form might include reCAPTCHA
4279 // or this function is called from a SSO script.
4280 } else if ($user->id
) {
4281 // Verify login lockout after other ways that may prevent user login.
4282 if (login_is_lockedout($user)) {
4283 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_LOCKOUT
;
4285 // Trigger login failed event.
4286 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4287 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4290 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Login lockout: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4294 // We can not lockout non-existing accounts.
4297 foreach ($auths as $auth) {
4298 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
4300 // On auth fail fall through to the next plugin.
4301 if (!$authplugin->user_login($username, $password)) {
4305 // Successful authentication.
4307 // User already exists in database.
4308 if (empty($user->auth
)) {
4309 // For some reason auth isn't set yet.
4310 $DB->set_field('user', 'auth', $auth, array('id' => $user->id
));
4311 $user->auth
= $auth;
4314 // If the existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy md5 algorithm), then we should update to
4315 // the current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
4316 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4318 if ($authplugin->is_synchronised_with_external()) {
4319 // Update user record from external DB.
4320 $user = update_user_record_by_id($user->id
);
4323 // The user is authenticated but user creation may be disabled.
4324 if (!empty($CFG->authpreventaccountcreation
)) {
4325 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_UNAUTHORISED
;
4327 // Trigger login failed event.
4328 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4329 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4332 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Unknown user, can not create new accounts: $username ".
4333 $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4336 $user = create_user_record($username, $password, $auth);
4340 $authplugin->sync_roles($user);
4342 foreach ($authsenabled as $hau) {
4343 $hauth = get_auth_plugin($hau);
4344 $hauth->user_authenticated_hook($user, $username, $password);
4347 if (empty($user->id
)) {
4348 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER
;
4349 // Trigger login failed event.
4350 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4351 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4356 if (!empty($user->suspended
)) {
4357 // Just in case some auth plugin suspended account.
4358 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED
;
4359 // Trigger login failed event.
4360 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4361 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4363 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4367 login_attempt_valid($user);
4368 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_OK
;
4372 // Failed if all the plugins have failed.
4373 if (debugging('', DEBUG_ALL
)) {
4374 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Failed Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']);
4378 login_attempt_failed($user);
4379 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED
;
4380 // Trigger login failed event.
4381 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('userid' => $user->id
,
4382 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4385 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER
;
4386 // Trigger login failed event.
4387 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed
::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username,
4388 'reason' => $failurereason)));
4396 * Call to complete the user login process after authenticate_user_login()
4397 * has succeeded. It will setup the $USER variable and other required bits
4401 * - It will NOT log anything -- up to the caller to decide what to log.
4402 * - this function does not set any cookies any more!
4404 * @param stdClass $user
4405 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object - BC only, do not use
4407 function complete_user_login($user) {
4408 global $CFG, $DB, $USER, $SESSION;
4410 \core\session\manager
::login_user($user);
4412 // Reload preferences from DB.
4413 unset($USER->preference
);
4414 check_user_preferences_loaded($USER);
4416 // Update login times.
4417 update_user_login_times();
4419 // Extra session prefs init.
4420 set_login_session_preferences();
4422 // Trigger login event.
4423 $event = \core\event\user_loggedin
::create(
4425 'userid' => $USER->id
,
4426 'objectid' => $USER->id
,
4427 'other' => array('username' => $USER->username
),
4432 // Queue migrating the messaging data, if we need to.
4433 if (!get_user_preferences('core_message_migrate_data', false, $USER->id
)) {
4434 // Check if there are any legacy messages to migrate.
4435 if (\core_message\helper
::legacy_messages_exist($USER->id
)) {
4436 \core_message\task\migrate_message_data
::queue_task($USER->id
);
4438 set_user_preference('core_message_migrate_data', true, $USER->id
);
4442 if (isguestuser()) {
4443 // No need to continue when user is THE guest.
4448 // We can redirect to password change URL only in browser.
4452 // Select password change url.
4453 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth
);
4455 // Check whether the user should be changing password.
4456 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange', false)) {
4457 if ($userauth->can_change_password()) {
4458 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) {
4459 redirect($changeurl);
4461 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/login/lib.php');
4462 $SESSION->wantsurl
= core_login_get_return_url();
4463 redirect($CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/change_password.php');
4466 print_error('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth');
4473 * Check a password hash to see if it was hashed using the legacy hash algorithm (md5).
4475 * @param string $password String to check.
4476 * @return boolean True if the $password matches the format of an md5 sum.
4478 function password_is_legacy_hash($password) {
4479 return (bool) preg_match('/^[0-9a-f]{32}$/', $password);
4483 * Compare password against hash stored in user object to determine if it is valid.
4485 * If necessary it also updates the stored hash to the current format.
4487 * @param stdClass $user (Password property may be updated).
4488 * @param string $password Plain text password.
4489 * @return bool True if password is valid.
4491 function validate_internal_user_password($user, $password) {
4494 if ($user->password
=== AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED
) {
4495 // Internal password is not used at all, it can not validate.
4499 // If hash isn't a legacy (md5) hash, validate using the library function.
4500 if (!password_is_legacy_hash($user->password
)) {
4501 return password_verify($password, $user->password
);
4504 // Otherwise we need to check for a legacy (md5) hash instead. If the hash
4505 // is valid we can then update it to the new algorithm.
4507 $sitesalt = isset($CFG->passwordsaltmain
) ?
$CFG->passwordsaltmain
: '';
4510 if ($user->password
=== md5($password.$sitesalt)
4511 or $user->password
=== md5($password)
4512 or $user->password
=== md5(addslashes($password).$sitesalt)
4513 or $user->password
=== md5(addslashes($password))) {
4514 // Note: we are intentionally using the addslashes() here because we
4515 // need to accept old password hashes of passwords with magic quotes.
4519 for ($i=1; $i<=20; $i++
) { // 20 alternative salts should be enough, right?
4520 $alt = 'passwordsaltalt'.$i;
4521 if (!empty($CFG->$alt)) {
4522 if ($user->password
=== md5($password.$CFG->$alt) or $user->password
=== md5(addslashes($password).$CFG->$alt)) {
4531 // If the password matches the existing md5 hash, update to the
4532 // current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password.
4533 update_internal_user_password($user, $password);
4540 * Calculate hash for a plain text password.
4542 * @param string $password Plain text password to be hashed.
4543 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
4544 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
4545 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
4546 * be generated quickly.
4547 * @return string The hashed password.
4549 * @throws moodle_exception If a problem occurs while generating the hash.
4551 function hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash = false) {
4554 // Set the cost factor to 4 for fast hashing, otherwise use default cost.
4555 $options = ($fasthash) ?
array('cost' => 4) : array();
4557 $generatedhash = password_hash($password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT
, $options);
4559 if ($generatedhash === false ||
$generatedhash === null) {
4560 throw new moodle_exception('Failed to generate password hash.');
4563 return $generatedhash;
4567 * Update password hash in user object (if necessary).
4569 * The password is updated if:
4570 * 1. The password has changed (the hash of $user->password is different
4571 * to the hash of $password).
4572 * 2. The existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy
4575 * Updating the password will modify the $user object and the database
4576 * record to use the current hashing algorithm.
4577 * It will remove Web Services user tokens too.
4579 * @param stdClass $user User object (password property may be updated).
4580 * @param string $password Plain text password.
4581 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash
4582 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash
4583 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to
4584 * be generated quickly.
4585 * @return bool Always returns true.
4587 function update_internal_user_password($user, $password, $fasthash = false) {
4590 // Figure out what the hashed password should be.
4591 if (!isset($user->auth
)) {
4592 debugging('User record in update_internal_user_password() must include field auth',
4594 $user->auth
= $DB->get_field('user', 'auth', array('id' => $user->id
));
4596 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
4597 if ($authplugin->prevent_local_passwords()) {
4598 $hashedpassword = AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED
;
4600 $hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash);
4603 $algorithmchanged = false;
4605 if ($hashedpassword === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED
) {
4606 // Password is not cached, update it if not set to AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED.
4607 $passwordchanged = ($user->password
!== $hashedpassword);
4609 } else if (isset($user->password
)) {
4610 // If verification fails then it means the password has changed.
4611 $passwordchanged = !password_verify($password, $user->password
);
4612 $algorithmchanged = password_needs_rehash($user->password
, PASSWORD_DEFAULT
);
4614 // While creating new user, password in unset in $user object, to avoid
4615 // saving it with user_create()
4616 $passwordchanged = true;
4619 if ($passwordchanged ||
$algorithmchanged) {
4620 $DB->set_field('user', 'password', $hashedpassword, array('id' => $user->id
));
4621 $user->password
= $hashedpassword;
4624 $user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id
));
4625 \core\event\user_password_updated
::create_from_user($user)->trigger();
4627 // Remove WS user tokens.
4628 if (!empty($CFG->passwordchangetokendeletion
)) {
4629 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/webservice/lib.php');
4630 webservice
::delete_user_ws_tokens($user->id
);
4638 * Get a complete user record, which includes all the info in the user record.
4640 * Intended for setting as $USER session variable
4642 * @param string $field The user field to be checked for a given value.
4643 * @param string $value The value to match for $field.
4644 * @param int $mnethostid
4645 * @return mixed False, or A {@link $USER} object.
4647 function get_complete_user_data($field, $value, $mnethostid = null) {
4650 if (!$field ||
!$value) {
4654 // Build the WHERE clause for an SQL query.
4655 $params = array('fieldval' => $value);
4656 $constraints = "$field = :fieldval AND deleted <> 1";
4658 // If we are loading user data based on anything other than id,
4659 // we must also restrict our search based on mnet host.
4660 if ($field != 'id') {
4661 if (empty($mnethostid)) {
4662 // If empty, we restrict to local users.
4663 $mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
;
4666 if (!empty($mnethostid)) {
4667 $params['mnethostid'] = $mnethostid;
4668 $constraints .= " AND mnethostid = :mnethostid";
4671 // Get all the basic user data.
4672 if (! $user = $DB->get_record_select('user', $constraints, $params)) {
4676 // Get various settings and preferences.
4678 // Preload preference cache.
4679 check_user_preferences_loaded($user);
4681 // Load course enrolment related stuff.
4682 $user->lastcourseaccess
= array(); // During last session.
4683 $user->currentcourseaccess
= array(); // During current session.
4684 if ($lastaccesses = $DB->get_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id
))) {
4685 foreach ($lastaccesses as $lastaccess) {
4686 $user->lastcourseaccess
[$lastaccess->courseid
] = $lastaccess->timeaccess
;
4690 $sql = "SELECT g.id, g.courseid
4691 FROM {groups} g, {groups_members} gm
4692 WHERE gm.groupid=g.id AND gm.userid=?";
4694 // This is a special hack to speedup calendar display.
4695 $user->groupmember
= array();
4696 if (!isguestuser($user)) {
4697 if ($groups = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array($user->id
))) {
4698 foreach ($groups as $group) {
4699 if (!array_key_exists($group->courseid
, $user->groupmember
)) {
4700 $user->groupmember
[$group->courseid
] = array();
4702 $user->groupmember
[$group->courseid
][$group->id
] = $group->id
;
4707 // Add cohort theme.
4708 if (!empty($CFG->allowcohortthemes
)) {
4709 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/cohort/lib.php');
4710 if ($cohorttheme = cohort_get_user_cohort_theme($user->id
)) {
4711 $user->cohorttheme
= $cohorttheme;
4715 // Add the custom profile fields to the user record.
4716 $user->profile
= array();
4717 if (!isguestuser($user)) {
4718 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/user/profile/lib.php');
4719 profile_load_custom_fields($user);
4722 // Rewrite some variables if necessary.
4723 if (!empty($user->description
)) {
4724 // No need to cart all of it around.
4725 $user->description
= true;
4727 if (isguestuser($user)) {
4728 // Guest language always same as site.
4729 $user->lang
= $CFG->lang
;
4730 // Name always in current language.
4731 $user->firstname
= get_string('guestuser');
4732 $user->lastname
= ' ';
4739 * Validate a password against the configured password policy
4741 * @param string $password the password to be checked against the password policy
4742 * @param string $errmsg the error message to display when the password doesn't comply with the policy.
4743 * @return bool true if the password is valid according to the policy. false otherwise.
4745 function check_password_policy($password, &$errmsg) {
4748 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy
)) {
4753 if (core_text
::strlen($password) < $CFG->minpasswordlength
) {
4754 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlength', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlength
) .'</div>';
4757 if (preg_match_all('/[[:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpassworddigits
) {
4758 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpassworddigits', 'auth', $CFG->minpassworddigits
) .'</div>';
4761 if (preg_match_all('/[[:lower:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordlower
) {
4762 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlower', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlower
) .'</div>';
4765 if (preg_match_all('/[[:upper:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordupper
) {
4766 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordupper', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordupper
) .'</div>';
4769 if (preg_match_all('/[^[:upper:][:lower:][:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum
) {
4770 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordnonalphanum', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum
) .'</div>';
4772 if (!check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars
)) {
4773 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errormaxconsecutiveidentchars', 'auth', $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars
) .'</div>';
4776 if ($errmsg == '') {
4785 * When logging in, this function is run to set certain preferences for the current SESSION.
4787 function set_login_session_preferences() {
4790 $SESSION->justloggedin
= true;
4792 unset($SESSION->lang
);
4793 unset($SESSION->forcelang
);
4794 unset($SESSION->load_navigation_admin
);
4799 * Delete a course, including all related data from the database, and any associated files.
4801 * @param mixed $courseorid The id of the course or course object to delete.
4802 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
4803 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
4804 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
4805 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
4807 function delete_course($courseorid, $showfeedback = true) {
4810 if (is_object($courseorid)) {
4811 $courseid = $courseorid->id
;
4812 $course = $courseorid;
4814 $courseid = $courseorid;
4815 if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid))) {
4819 $context = context_course
::instance($courseid);
4821 // Frontpage course can not be deleted!!
4822 if ($courseid == SITEID
) {
4826 // Allow plugins to use this course before we completely delete it.
4827 if ($pluginsfunction = get_plugins_with_function('pre_course_delete')) {
4828 foreach ($pluginsfunction as $plugintype => $plugins) {
4829 foreach ($plugins as $pluginfunction) {
4830 $pluginfunction($course);
4835 // Make the course completely empty.
4836 remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback);
4838 // Delete the course and related context instance.
4839 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_COURSE
, $courseid);
4841 $DB->delete_records("course", array("id" => $courseid));
4842 $DB->delete_records("course_format_options", array("courseid" => $courseid));
4844 // Reset all course related caches here.
4845 if (class_exists('format_base', false)) {
4846 format_base
::reset_course_cache($courseid);
4849 // Trigger a course deleted event.
4850 $event = \core\event\course_deleted
::create(array(
4851 'objectid' => $course->id
,
4852 'context' => $context,
4854 'shortname' => $course->shortname
,
4855 'fullname' => $course->fullname
,
4856 'idnumber' => $course->idnumber
4859 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
4866 * Clear a course out completely, deleting all content but don't delete the course itself.
4868 * This function does not verify any permissions.
4870 * Please note this function also deletes all user enrolments,
4871 * enrolment instances and role assignments by default.
4874 * - 'keep_roles_and_enrolments' - false by default
4875 * - 'keep_groups_and_groupings' - false by default
4877 * @param int $courseid The id of the course that is being deleted
4878 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs.
4879 * @param array $options extra options
4880 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this
4881 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others
4882 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which.
4884 function remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback = true, array $options = null) {
4885 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
4887 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/badgeslib.php');
4888 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/completionlib.php');
4889 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/questionlib.php');
4890 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
4891 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/group/lib.php');
4892 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/comment/lib.php');
4893 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/rating/lib.php');
4894 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/notes/lib.php');
4896 // Handle course badges.
4897 badges_handle_course_deletion($courseid);
4899 // NOTE: these concatenated strings are suboptimal, but it is just extra info...
4900 $strdeleted = get_string('deleted').' - ';
4902 // Some crazy wishlist of stuff we should skip during purging of course content.
4903 $options = (array)$options;
4905 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4906 $coursecontext = context_course
::instance($courseid);
4907 $fs = get_file_storage();
4909 // Delete course completion information, this has to be done before grades and enrols.
4910 $cc = new completion_info($course);
4911 $cc->clear_criteria();
4912 if ($showfeedback) {
4913 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('completion', 'completion'), 'notifysuccess');
4916 // Remove all data from gradebook - this needs to be done before course modules
4917 // because while deleting this information, the system may need to reference
4918 // the course modules that own the grades.
4919 remove_course_grades($courseid, $showfeedback);
4920 remove_grade_letters($coursecontext, $showfeedback);
4922 // Delete course blocks in any all child contexts,
4923 // they may depend on modules so delete them first.
4924 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
4925 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
4926 blocks_delete_all_for_context($childcontext->id
);
4928 unset($childcontexts);
4929 blocks_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id
);
4930 if ($showfeedback) {
4931 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_block_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
4934 // Get the list of all modules that are properly installed.
4935 $allmodules = $DB->get_records_menu('modules', array(), '', 'name, id');
4937 // Delete every instance of every module,
4938 // this has to be done before deleting of course level stuff.
4939 $locations = core_component
::get_plugin_list('mod');
4940 foreach ($locations as $modname => $moddir) {
4941 if ($modname === 'NEWMODULE') {
4944 if (array_key_exists($modname, $allmodules)) {
4945 $sql = "SELECT cm.*, m.id AS modinstance, m.name, '$modname' AS modname
4946 FROM {".$modname."} m
4947 LEFT JOIN {course_modules} cm ON cm.instance = m.id AND cm.module = :moduleid
4948 WHERE m.course = :courseid";
4949 $instances = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array('courseid' => $course->id
,
4950 'modulename' => $modname, 'moduleid' => $allmodules[$modname]));
4952 include_once("$moddir/lib.php"); // Shows php warning only if plugin defective.
4953 $moddelete = $modname .'_delete_instance'; // Delete everything connected to an instance.
4954 $moddeletecourse = $modname .'_delete_course'; // Delete other stray stuff (uncommon).
4957 foreach ($instances as $cm) {
4959 // Delete activity context questions and question categories.
4960 question_delete_activity($cm, $showfeedback);
4961 // Notify the competency subsystem.
4962 \core_competency\api
::hook_course_module_deleted($cm);
4964 if (function_exists($moddelete)) {
4965 // This purges all module data in related tables, extra user prefs, settings, etc.
4966 $moddelete($cm->modinstance
);
4968 // NOTE: we should not allow installation of modules with missing delete support!
4969 debugging("Defective module '$modname' detected when deleting course contents: missing function $moddelete()!");
4970 $DB->delete_records($modname, array('id' => $cm->modinstance
));
4974 // Delete cm and its context - orphaned contexts are purged in cron in case of any race condition.
4975 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE
, $cm->id
);
4976 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id
));
4980 if (function_exists($moddeletecourse)) {
4981 // Execute optional course cleanup callback. Deprecated since Moodle 3.2. TODO MDL-53297 remove in 3.6.
4982 debugging("Callback delete_course is deprecated. Function $moddeletecourse should be converted " .
4983 'to observer of event \core\event\course_content_deleted', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
4984 $moddeletecourse($course, $showfeedback);
4986 if ($instances and $showfeedback) {
4987 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('pluginname', $modname), 'notifysuccess');
4990 // Ooops, this module is not properly installed, force-delete it in the next block.
4994 // We have tried to delete everything the nice way - now let's force-delete any remaining module data.
4996 // Delete completion defaults.
4997 $DB->delete_records("course_completion_defaults", array("course" => $courseid));
4999 // Remove all data from availability and completion tables that is associated
5000 // with course-modules belonging to this course. Note this is done even if the
5001 // features are not enabled now, in case they were enabled previously.
5002 $DB->delete_records_select('course_modules_completion',
5003 'coursemoduleid IN (SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course=?)',
5006 // Remove course-module data that has not been removed in modules' _delete_instance callbacks.
5007 $cms = $DB->get_records('course_modules', array('course' => $course->id
));
5008 $allmodulesbyid = array_flip($allmodules);
5009 foreach ($cms as $cm) {
5010 if (array_key_exists($cm->module
, $allmodulesbyid)) {
5012 $DB->delete_records($allmodulesbyid[$cm->module
], array('id' => $cm->instance
));
5013 } catch (Exception
$e) {
5014 // Ignore weird or missing table problems.
5017 context_helper
::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE
, $cm->id
);
5018 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id
));
5021 if ($showfeedback) {
5022 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_mod_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5025 // Cleanup the rest of plugins. Deprecated since Moodle 3.2. TODO MDL-53297 remove in 3.6.
5026 $cleanuplugintypes = array('report', 'coursereport', 'format');
5027 $callbacks = get_plugins_with_function('delete_course', 'lib.php');
5028 foreach ($cleanuplugintypes as $type) {
5029 if (!empty($callbacks[$type])) {
5030 foreach ($callbacks[$type] as $pluginfunction) {
5031 debugging("Callback delete_course is deprecated. Function $pluginfunction should be converted " .
5032 'to observer of event \core\event\course_content_deleted', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
5033 $pluginfunction($course->id
, $showfeedback);
5035 if ($showfeedback) {
5036 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_'.$type.'_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5041 // Delete questions and question categories.
5042 question_delete_course($course, $showfeedback);
5043 if ($showfeedback) {
5044 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('questions', 'question'), 'notifysuccess');
5047 // Make sure there are no subcontexts left - all valid blocks and modules should be already gone.
5048 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2.
5049 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) {
5050 $childcontext->delete();
5052 unset($childcontexts);
5054 // Remove all roles and enrolments by default.
5055 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments'])) {
5056 // This hack is used in restore when deleting contents of existing course.
5057 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $coursecontext->id
, 'component' => ''), true);
5058 enrol_course_delete($course);
5059 if ($showfeedback) {
5060 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_enrol_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess');
5064 // Delete any groups, removing members and grouping/course links first.
5065 if (empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5066 groups_delete_groupings($course->id
, $showfeedback);
5067 groups_delete_groups($course->id
, $showfeedback);
5071 filter_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id
);
5073 // Notes, you shall not pass!
5074 note_delete_all($course->id
);
5077 comment
::delete_comments($coursecontext->id
);
5079 // Ratings are history too.
5080 $delopt = new stdclass();
5081 $delopt->contextid
= $coursecontext->id
;
5082 $rm = new rating_manager();
5083 $rm->delete_ratings($delopt);
5085 // Delete course tags.
5086 core_tag_tag
::remove_all_item_tags('core', 'course', $course->id
);
5088 // Notify the competency subsystem.
5089 \core_competency\api
::hook_course_deleted($course);
5091 // Delete calendar events.
5092 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $course->id
));
5093 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id
, 'calendar');
5095 // Delete all related records in other core tables that may have a courseid
5096 // This array stores the tables that need to be cleared, as
5097 // table_name => column_name that contains the course id.
5098 $tablestoclear = array(
5099 'backup_courses' => 'courseid', // Scheduled backup stuff.
5100 'user_lastaccess' => 'courseid', // User access info.
5102 foreach ($tablestoclear as $table => $col) {
5103 $DB->delete_records($table, array($col => $course->id
));
5106 // Delete all course backup files.
5107 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id
, 'backup');
5109 // Cleanup course record - remove links to deleted stuff.
5110 $oldcourse = new stdClass();
5111 $oldcourse->id
= $course->id
;
5112 $oldcourse->summary
= '';
5113 $oldcourse->cacherev
= 0;
5114 $oldcourse->legacyfiles
= 0;
5115 if (!empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5116 $oldcourse->defaultgroupingid
= 0;
5118 $DB->update_record('course', $oldcourse);
5120 // Delete course sections.
5121 $DB->delete_records('course_sections', array('course' => $course->id
));
5123 // Delete legacy, section and any other course files.
5124 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id
, 'course'); // Files from summary and section.
5126 // Delete all remaining stuff linked to context such as files, comments, ratings, etc.
5127 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments']) and empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) {
5128 // Easy, do not delete the context itself...
5129 $coursecontext->delete_content();
5132 // We can not drop all context stuff because it would bork enrolments and roles,
5133 // there might be also files used by enrol plugins...
5136 // Delete legacy files - just in case some files are still left there after conversion to new file api,
5137 // also some non-standard unsupported plugins may try to store something there.
5138 fulldelete($CFG->dataroot
.'/'.$course->id
);
5140 // Delete from cache to reduce the cache size especially makes sense in case of bulk course deletion.
5141 $cachemodinfo = cache
::make('core', 'coursemodinfo');
5142 $cachemodinfo->delete($courseid);
5144 // Trigger a course content deleted event.
5145 $event = \core\event\course_content_deleted
::create(array(
5146 'objectid' => $course->id
,
5147 'context' => $coursecontext,
5148 'other' => array('shortname' => $course->shortname
,
5149 'fullname' => $course->fullname
,
5150 'options' => $options) // Passing this for legacy reasons.
5152 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course);
5159 * Change dates in module - used from course reset.
5161 * @param string $modname forum, assignment, etc
5162 * @param array $fields array of date fields from mod table
5163 * @param int $timeshift time difference
5164 * @param int $courseid
5165 * @param int $modid (Optional) passed if specific mod instance in course needs to be updated.
5166 * @return bool success
5168 function shift_course_mod_dates($modname, $fields, $timeshift, $courseid, $modid = 0) {
5170 include_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/mod/'.$modname.'/lib.php');
5173 $params = array($timeshift, $courseid);
5174 foreach ($fields as $field) {
5175 $updatesql = "UPDATE {".$modname."}
5176 SET $field = $field + ?
5177 WHERE course=? AND $field<>0";
5179 $updatesql .= ' AND id=?';
5182 $return = $DB->execute($updatesql, $params) && $return;
5189 * This function will empty a course of user data.
5190 * It will retain the activities and the structure of the course.
5192 * @param object $data an object containing all the settings including courseid (without magic quotes)
5193 * @return array status array of array component, item, error
5195 function reset_course_userdata($data) {
5197 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
5198 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/completionlib.php');
5199 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/completion/criteria/completion_criteria_date.php');
5200 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/group/lib.php');
5202 $data->courseid
= $data->id
;
5203 $context = context_course
::instance($data->courseid
);
5205 $eventparams = array(
5206 'context' => $context,
5207 'courseid' => $data->id
,
5209 'reset_options' => (array) $data
5212 $event = \core\event\course_reset_started
::create($eventparams);
5215 // Calculate the time shift of dates.
5216 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date
)) {
5217 // Time part of course startdate should be zero.
5218 $data->timeshift
= $data->reset_start_date
- usergetmidnight($data->reset_start_date_old
);
5220 $data->timeshift
= 0;
5223 // Result array: component, item, error.
5226 // Start the resetting.
5227 $componentstr = get_string('general');
5229 // Move the course start time.
5230 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date
) and $data->timeshift
) {
5231 // Change course start data.
5232 $DB->set_field('course', 'startdate', $data->reset_start_date
, array('id' => $data->courseid
));
5233 // Update all course and group events - do not move activity events.
5234 $updatesql = "UPDATE {event}
5235 SET timestart = timestart + ?
5236 WHERE courseid=? AND instance=0";
5237 $DB->execute($updatesql, array($data->timeshift
, $data->courseid
));
5239 // Update any date activity restrictions.
5240 if ($CFG->enableavailability
) {
5241 \availability_date\condition
::update_all_dates($data->courseid
, $data->timeshift
);
5244 // Update completion expected dates.
5245 if ($CFG->enablecompletion
) {
5246 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($data->courseid
);
5248 foreach ($modinfo->get_cms() as $cm) {
5249 if ($cm->completion
&& !empty($cm->completionexpected
)) {
5250 $DB->set_field('course_modules', 'completionexpected', $cm->completionexpected +
$data->timeshift
,
5251 array('id' => $cm->id
));
5256 // Clear course cache if changes made.
5258 rebuild_course_cache($data->courseid
, true);
5261 // Update course date completion criteria.
5262 \completion_criteria_date
::update_date($data->courseid
, $data->timeshift
);
5265 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('datechanged'), 'error' => false);
5268 if (!empty($data->reset_end_date
)) {
5269 // If the user set a end date value respect it.
5270 $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $data->reset_end_date
, array('id' => $data->courseid
));
5271 } else if ($data->timeshift
> 0 && $data->reset_end_date_old
) {
5272 // If there is a time shift apply it to the end date as well.
5273 $enddate = $data->reset_end_date_old +
$data->timeshift
;
5274 $DB->set_field('course', 'enddate', $enddate, array('id' => $data->courseid
));
5277 if (!empty($data->reset_events
)) {
5278 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $data->courseid
));
5279 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteevents', 'calendar'), 'error' => false);
5282 if (!empty($data->reset_notes
)) {
5283 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/notes/lib.php');
5284 note_delete_all($data->courseid
);
5285 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletenotes', 'notes'), 'error' => false);
5288 if (!empty($data->delete_blog_associations
)) {
5289 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/blog/lib.php');
5290 blog_remove_associations_for_course($data->courseid
);
5291 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteblogassociations', 'blog'), 'error' => false);
5294 if (!empty($data->reset_completion
)) {
5295 // Delete course and activity completion information.
5296 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $data->courseid
));
5297 $cc = new completion_info($course);
5298 $cc->delete_all_completion_data();
5299 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
5300 'item' => get_string('deletecompletiondata', 'completion'), 'error' => false);
5303 if (!empty($data->reset_competency_ratings
)) {
5304 \core_competency\api
::hook_course_reset_competency_ratings($data->courseid
);
5305 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr,
5306 'item' => get_string('deletecompetencyratings', 'core_competency'), 'error' => false);
5309 $componentstr = get_string('roles');
5311 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_overrides
)) {
5312 $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
5313 foreach ($children as $child) {
5314 $DB->delete_records('role_capabilities', array('contextid' => $child->id
));
5316 $DB->delete_records('role_capabilities', array('contextid' => $context->id
));
5317 // Force refresh for logged in users.
5318 $context->mark_dirty();
5319 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletecourseoverrides', 'role'), 'error' => false);
5322 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_local
)) {
5323 $children = $context->get_child_contexts();
5324 foreach ($children as $child) {
5325 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $child->id
));
5327 // Force refresh for logged in users.
5328 $context->mark_dirty();
5329 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletelocalroles', 'role'), 'error' => false);
5332 // First unenrol users - this cleans some of related user data too, such as forum subscriptions, tracking, etc.
5333 $data->unenrolled
= array();
5334 if (!empty($data->unenrol_users
)) {
5335 $plugins = enrol_get_plugins(true);
5336 $instances = enrol_get_instances($data->courseid
, true);
5337 foreach ($instances as $key => $instance) {
5338 if (!isset($plugins[$instance->enrol
])) {
5339 unset($instances[$key]);
5344 foreach ($data->unenrol_users
as $withroleid) {
5347 FROM {user_enrolments} ue
5348 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
5349 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
5350 JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.roleid = :roleid AND ra.userid = ue.userid)";
5351 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid
, 'roleid' => $withroleid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE
);
5354 // Without any role assigned at course context.
5356 FROM {user_enrolments} ue
5357 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid)
5358 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid)
5359 LEFT JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.userid = ue.userid)
5360 WHERE ra.id IS null";
5361 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid
, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE
);
5364 $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql, $params);
5365 foreach ($rs as $ue) {
5366 if (!isset($instances[$ue->enrolid
])) {
5369 $instance = $instances[$ue->enrolid
];
5370 $plugin = $plugins[$instance->enrol
];
5371 if (!$plugin->allow_unenrol($instance) and !$plugin->allow_unenrol_user($instance, $ue)) {
5375 $plugin->unenrol_user($instance, $ue->userid
);
5376 $data->unenrolled
[$ue->userid
] = $ue->userid
;
5381 if (!empty($data->unenrolled
)) {
5383 'component' => $componentstr,
5384 'item' => get_string('unenrol', 'enrol').' ('.count($data->unenrolled
).')',
5389 $componentstr = get_string('groups');
5391 // Remove all group members.
5392 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_members
)) {
5393 groups_delete_group_members($data->courseid
);
5394 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5397 // Remove all groups.
5398 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_remove
)) {
5399 groups_delete_groups($data->courseid
, false);
5400 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroups', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5403 // Remove all grouping members.
5404 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_members
)) {
5405 groups_delete_groupings_groups($data->courseid
, false);
5406 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupingsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5409 // Remove all groupings.
5410 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_remove
)) {
5411 groups_delete_groupings($data->courseid
, false);
5412 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroupings', 'group'), 'error' => false);
5415 // Look in every instance of every module for data to delete.
5416 $unsupportedmods = array();
5417 if ($allmods = $DB->get_records('modules') ) {
5418 foreach ($allmods as $mod) {
5419 $modname = $mod->name
;
5420 $modfile = $CFG->dirroot
.'/mod/'. $modname.'/lib.php';
5421 $moddeleteuserdata = $modname.'_reset_userdata'; // Function to delete user data.
5422 if (file_exists($modfile)) {
5423 if (!$DB->count_records($modname, array('course' => $data->courseid
))) {
5424 continue; // Skip mods with no instances.
5426 include_once($modfile);
5427 if (function_exists($moddeleteuserdata)) {
5428 $modstatus = $moddeleteuserdata($data);
5429 if (is_array($modstatus)) {
5430 $status = array_merge($status, $modstatus);
5432 debugging('Module '.$modname.' returned incorrect staus - must be an array!');
5435 $unsupportedmods[] = $mod;
5438 debugging('Missing lib.php in '.$modname.' module!');
5440 // Update calendar events for all modules.
5441 course_module_bulk_update_calendar_events($modname, $data->courseid
);
5445 // Mention unsupported mods.
5446 if (!empty($unsupportedmods)) {
5447 foreach ($unsupportedmods as $mod) {
5449 'component' => get_string('modulenameplural', $mod->name
),
5451 'error' => get_string('resetnotimplemented')
5456 $componentstr = get_string('gradebook', 'grades');
5457 // Reset gradebook,.
5458 if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_items
)) {
5459 remove_course_grades($data->courseid
, false);
5460 grade_grab_course_grades($data->courseid
);
5461 grade_regrade_final_grades($data->courseid
);
5462 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcourseitems', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
5464 } else if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_grades
)) {
5465 grade_course_reset($data->courseid
);
5466 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcoursegrades', 'grades'), 'error' => false);
5469 if (!empty($data->reset_comments
)) {
5470 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/comment/lib.php');
5471 comment
::reset_course_page_comments($context);
5474 $event = \core\event\course_reset_ended
::create($eventparams);
5481 * Generate an email processing address.
5484 * @param string $modargs
5485 * @return string Returns email processing address
5487 function generate_email_processing_address($modid, $modargs) {
5490 $header = $CFG->mailprefix
. substr(base64_encode(pack('C', $modid)), 0, 2).$modargs;
5491 return $header . substr(md5($header.get_site_identifier()), 0, 16).'@'.$CFG->maildomain
;
5497 * @todo Finish documenting this function
5499 * @param string $modargs
5500 * @param string $body Currently unused
5502 function moodle_process_email($modargs, $body) {
5505 // The first char should be an unencoded letter. We'll take this as an action.
5506 switch ($modargs{0}) {
5507 case 'B': { // Bounce.
5508 list(, $userid) = unpack('V', base64_decode(substr($modargs, 1, 8)));
5509 if ($user = $DB->get_record("user", array('id' => $userid), "id,email")) {
5510 // Check the half md5 of their email.
5511 $md5check = substr(md5($user->email
), 0, 16);
5512 if ($md5check == substr($modargs, -16)) {
5513 set_bounce_count($user);
5515 // Else maybe they've already changed it?
5519 // Maybe more later?
5526 * Get mailer instance, enable buffering, flush buffer or disable buffering.
5528 * @param string $action 'get', 'buffer', 'close' or 'flush'
5529 * @return moodle_phpmailer|null mailer instance if 'get' used or nothing
5531 function get_mailer($action='get') {
5534 /** @var moodle_phpmailer $mailer */
5535 static $mailer = null;
5536 static $counter = 0;
5538 if (!isset($CFG->smtpmaxbulk
)) {
5539 $CFG->smtpmaxbulk
= 1;
5542 if ($action == 'get') {
5543 $prevkeepalive = false;
5545 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5546 if ($counter < $CFG->smtpmaxbulk
and !$mailer->isError()) {
5548 // Reset the mailer.
5549 $mailer->Priority
= 3;
5550 $mailer->CharSet
= 'UTF-8'; // Our default.
5551 $mailer->ContentType
= "text/plain";
5552 $mailer->Encoding
= "8bit";
5553 $mailer->From
= "root@localhost";
5554 $mailer->FromName
= "Root User";
5555 $mailer->Sender
= "";
5556 $mailer->Subject
= "";
5558 $mailer->AltBody
= "";
5559 $mailer->ConfirmReadingTo
= "";
5561 $mailer->clearAllRecipients();
5562 $mailer->clearReplyTos();
5563 $mailer->clearAttachments();
5564 $mailer->clearCustomHeaders();
5568 $prevkeepalive = $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive
;
5569 get_mailer('flush');
5572 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/phpmailer/moodle_phpmailer.php');
5573 $mailer = new moodle_phpmailer();
5577 if ($CFG->smtphosts
== 'qmail') {
5578 // Use Qmail system.
5581 } else if (empty($CFG->smtphosts
)) {
5582 // Use PHP mail() = sendmail.
5586 // Use SMTP directly.
5588 if (!empty($CFG->debugsmtp
)) {
5589 $mailer->SMTPDebug
= 3;
5591 // Specify main and backup servers.
5592 $mailer->Host
= $CFG->smtphosts
;
5593 // Specify secure connection protocol.
5594 $mailer->SMTPSecure
= $CFG->smtpsecure
;
5595 // Use previous keepalive.
5596 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive
= $prevkeepalive;
5598 if ($CFG->smtpuser
) {
5599 // Use SMTP authentication.
5600 $mailer->SMTPAuth
= true;
5601 $mailer->Username
= $CFG->smtpuser
;
5602 $mailer->Password
= $CFG->smtppass
;
5611 // Keep smtp session open after sending.
5612 if ($action == 'buffer') {
5613 if (!empty($CFG->smtpmaxbulk
)) {
5614 get_mailer('flush');
5616 if ($m->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5617 $m->SMTPKeepAlive
= true;
5623 // Close smtp session, but continue buffering.
5624 if ($action == 'flush') {
5625 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5626 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug
)) {
5629 $mailer->SmtpClose();
5630 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug
)) {
5637 // Close smtp session, do not buffer anymore.
5638 if ($action == 'close') {
5639 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer
== 'smtp') {
5640 get_mailer('flush');
5641 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive
= false;
5643 $mailer = null; // Better force new instance.
5649 * A helper function to test for email diversion
5651 * @param string $email
5652 * @return bool Returns true if the email should be diverted
5654 function email_should_be_diverted($email) {
5657 if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsto
)) {
5661 if (empty($CFG->divertallemailsexcept
)) {
5665 $patterns = array_map('trim', explode(',', $CFG->divertallemailsexcept
));
5666 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) {
5667 if (preg_match("/$pattern/", $email)) {
5676 * Generate a unique email Message-ID using the moodle domain and install path
5678 * @param string $localpart An optional unique message id prefix.
5679 * @return string The formatted ID ready for appending to the email headers.
5681 function generate_email_messageid($localpart = null) {
5684 $urlinfo = parse_url($CFG->wwwroot
);
5685 $base = '@' . $urlinfo['host'];
5687 // If multiple moodles are on the same domain we want to tell them
5688 // apart so we add the install path to the local part. This means
5689 // that the id local part should never contain a / character so
5690 // we can correctly parse the id to reassemble the wwwroot.
5691 if (isset($urlinfo['path'])) {
5692 $base = $urlinfo['path'] . $base;
5695 if (empty($localpart)) {
5696 $localpart = uniqid('', true);
5699 // Because we may have an option /installpath suffix to the local part
5700 // of the id we need to escape any / chars which are in the $localpart.
5701 $localpart = str_replace('/', '%2F', $localpart);
5703 return '<' . $localpart . $base . '>';
5707 * Send an email to a specified user
5709 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
5710 * @param stdClass $from A {@link $USER} object
5711 * @param string $subject plain text subject line of the email
5712 * @param string $messagetext plain text version of the message
5713 * @param string $messagehtml complete html version of the message (optional)
5714 * @param string $attachment a file on the filesystem, either relative to $CFG->dataroot or a full path to a file in $CFG->tempdir
5715 * @param string $attachname the name of the file (extension indicates MIME)
5716 * @param bool $usetrueaddress determines whether $from email address should
5717 * be sent out. Will be overruled by user profile setting for maildisplay
5718 * @param string $replyto Email address to reply to
5719 * @param string $replytoname Name of reply to recipient
5720 * @param int $wordwrapwidth custom word wrap width, default 79
5721 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
5723 function email_to_user($user, $from, $subject, $messagetext, $messagehtml = '', $attachment = '', $attachname = '',
5724 $usetrueaddress = true, $replyto = '', $replytoname = '', $wordwrapwidth = 79) {
5726 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE;
5728 if (empty($user) or empty($user->id
)) {
5729 debugging('Can not send email to null user', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
5733 if (empty($user->email
)) {
5734 debugging('Can not send email to user without email: '.$user->id
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
5738 if (!empty($user->deleted
)) {
5739 debugging('Can not send email to deleted user: '.$user->id
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
5743 if (defined('BEHAT_SITE_RUNNING')) {
5744 // Fake email sending in behat.
5748 if (!empty($CFG->noemailever
)) {
5749 // Hidden setting for development sites, set in config.php if needed.
5750 debugging('Not sending email due to $CFG->noemailever config setting', DEBUG_NORMAL
);
5754 if (email_should_be_diverted($user->email
)) {
5755 $subject = "[DIVERTED {$user->email}] $subject";
5756 $user = clone($user);
5757 $user->email
= $CFG->divertallemailsto
;
5760 // Skip mail to suspended users.
5761 if ((isset($user->auth
) && $user->auth
=='nologin') or (isset($user->suspended
) && $user->suspended
)) {
5765 if (!validate_email($user->email
)) {
5766 // We can not send emails to invalid addresses - it might create security issue or confuse the mailer.
5767 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
5771 if (over_bounce_threshold($user)) {
5772 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") is over bounce threshold! Not sending.");
5776 // TLD .invalid is specifically reserved for invalid domain names.
5777 // For More information, see {@link http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2606#section-2}.
5778 if (substr($user->email
, -8) == '.invalid') {
5779 debugging("email_to_user: User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email domain ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending.");
5780 return true; // This is not an error.
5783 // If the user is a remote mnet user, parse the email text for URL to the
5784 // wwwroot and modify the url to direct the user's browser to login at their
5785 // home site (identity provider - idp) before hitting the link itself.
5786 if (is_mnet_remote_user($user)) {
5787 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/mnet/lib.php');
5789 $jumpurl = mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user);
5790 $callback = partial('mnet_sso_apply_indirection', $jumpurl);
5792 $messagetext = preg_replace_callback("%($CFG->wwwroot[^[:space:]]*)%",
5795 $messagehtml = preg_replace_callback("%href=[\"'`]($CFG->wwwroot[\w_:\?=#&@/;.~-]*)[\"'`]%",
5799 $mail = get_mailer();
5801 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug
)) {
5802 echo '<pre>' . "\n";
5805 $temprecipients = array();
5806 $tempreplyto = array();
5808 // Make sure that we fall back onto some reasonable no-reply address.
5809 $noreplyaddressdefault = 'noreply@' . get_host_from_url($CFG->wwwroot
);
5810 $noreplyaddress = empty($CFG->noreplyaddress
) ?
$noreplyaddressdefault : $CFG->noreplyaddress
;
5812 if (!validate_email($noreplyaddress)) {
5813 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid noreply-email '.s($noreplyaddress));
5814 $noreplyaddress = $noreplyaddressdefault;
5817 // Make up an email address for handling bounces.
5818 if (!empty($CFG->handlebounces
)) {
5819 $modargs = 'B'.base64_encode(pack('V', $user->id
)).substr(md5($user->email
), 0, 16);
5820 $mail->Sender
= generate_email_processing_address(0, $modargs);
5822 $mail->Sender
= $noreplyaddress;
5825 // Make sure that the explicit replyto is valid, fall back to the implicit one.
5826 if (!empty($replyto) && !validate_email($replyto)) {
5827 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid replyto-email '.s($replyto));
5828 $replyto = $noreplyaddress;
5831 if (is_string($from)) { // So we can pass whatever we want if there is need.
5832 $mail->From
= $noreplyaddress;
5833 $mail->FromName
= $from;
5834 // Check if using the true address is true, and the email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
5835 // and that the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
5836 // in a course with the sender.
5837 } else if ($usetrueaddress && can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user)) {
5838 if (!validate_email($from->email
)) {
5839 debugging('email_to_user: Invalid from-email '.s($from->email
).' - not sending');
5840 // Better not to use $noreplyaddress in this case.
5843 $mail->From
= $from->email
;
5844 $fromdetails = new stdClass();
5845 $fromdetails->name
= fullname($from);
5846 $fromdetails->url
= preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot
);
5847 $fromdetails->siteshortname
= format_string($SITE->shortname
);
5848 $fromstring = $fromdetails->name
;
5849 if ($CFG->emailfromvia
== EMAIL_VIA_ALWAYS
) {
5850 $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
5852 $mail->FromName
= $fromstring;
5853 if (empty($replyto)) {
5854 $tempreplyto[] = array($from->email
, fullname($from));
5857 $mail->From
= $noreplyaddress;
5858 $fromdetails = new stdClass();
5859 $fromdetails->name
= fullname($from);
5860 $fromdetails->url
= preg_replace('#^https?://#', '', $CFG->wwwroot
);
5861 $fromdetails->siteshortname
= format_string($SITE->shortname
);
5862 $fromstring = $fromdetails->name
;
5863 if ($CFG->emailfromvia
!= EMAIL_VIA_NEVER
) {
5864 $fromstring = get_string('emailvia', 'core', $fromdetails);
5866 $mail->FromName
= $fromstring;
5867 if (empty($replyto)) {
5868 $tempreplyto[] = array($noreplyaddress, get_string('noreplyname'));
5872 if (!empty($replyto)) {
5873 $tempreplyto[] = array($replyto, $replytoname);
5876 $temprecipients[] = array($user->email
, fullname($user));
5879 $mail->WordWrap
= $wordwrapwidth;
5881 if (!empty($from->customheaders
)) {
5882 // Add custom headers.
5883 if (is_array($from->customheaders
)) {
5884 foreach ($from->customheaders
as $customheader) {
5885 $mail->addCustomHeader($customheader);
5888 $mail->addCustomHeader($from->customheaders
);
5892 // If the X-PHP-Originating-Script email header is on then also add an additional
5893 // header with details of where exactly in moodle the email was triggered from,
5894 // either a call to message_send() or to email_to_user().
5895 if (ini_get('mail.add_x_header')) {
5897 $stack = debug_backtrace(false);
5898 $origin = $stack[0];
5900 foreach ($stack as $depth => $call) {
5901 if ($call['function'] == 'message_send') {
5906 $originheader = $CFG->wwwroot
. ' => ' . gethostname() . ':'
5907 . str_replace($CFG->dirroot
. '/', '', $origin['file']) . ':' . $origin['line'];
5908 $mail->addCustomHeader('X-Moodle-Originating-Script: ' . $originheader);
5911 if (!empty($from->priority
)) {
5912 $mail->Priority
= $from->priority
;
5915 $renderer = $PAGE->get_renderer('core');
5917 'sitefullname' => $SITE->fullname
,
5918 'siteshortname' => $SITE->shortname
,
5919 'sitewwwroot' => $CFG->wwwroot
,
5920 'subject' => $subject,
5921 'to' => $user->email
,
5922 'toname' => fullname($user),
5923 'from' => $mail->From
,
5924 'fromname' => $mail->FromName
,
5926 if (!empty($tempreplyto[0])) {
5927 $context['replyto'] = $tempreplyto[0][0];
5928 $context['replytoname'] = $tempreplyto[0][1];
5930 if ($user->id
> 0) {
5931 $context['touserid'] = $user->id
;
5932 $context['tousername'] = $user->username
;
5935 if (!empty($user->mailformat
) && $user->mailformat
== 1) {
5936 // Only process html templates if the user preferences allow html email.
5939 // If html has been given then pass it through the template.
5940 $context['body'] = $messagehtml;
5941 $messagehtml = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_html', $context);
5944 // If no html has been given, BUT there is an html wrapping template then
5945 // auto convert the text to html and then wrap it.
5946 $autohtml = trim(text_to_html($messagetext));
5947 $context['body'] = $autohtml;
5948 $temphtml = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_html', $context);
5949 if ($autohtml != $temphtml) {
5950 $messagehtml = $temphtml;
5955 $context['body'] = $messagetext;
5956 $mail->Subject
= $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_subject', $context);
5957 $mail->FromName
= $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_fromname', $context);
5958 $messagetext = $renderer->render_from_template('core/email_text', $context);
5960 // Autogenerate a MessageID if it's missing.
5961 if (empty($mail->MessageID
)) {
5962 $mail->MessageID
= generate_email_messageid();
5965 if ($messagehtml && !empty($user->mailformat
) && $user->mailformat
== 1) {
5966 // Don't ever send HTML to users who don't want it.
5967 $mail->isHTML(true);
5968 $mail->Encoding
= 'quoted-printable';
5969 $mail->Body
= $messagehtml;
5970 $mail->AltBody
= "\n$messagetext\n";
5972 $mail->IsHTML(false);
5973 $mail->Body
= "\n$messagetext\n";
5976 if ($attachment && $attachname) {
5977 if (preg_match( "~\\.\\.~" , $attachment )) {
5978 // Security check for ".." in dir path.
5979 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
5980 $temprecipients[] = array($supportuser->email
, fullname($supportuser, true));
5981 $mail->addStringAttachment('Error in attachment. User attempted to attach a filename with a unsafe name.', 'error.txt', '8bit', 'text/plain');
5983 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/filelib.php');
5984 $mimetype = mimeinfo('type', $attachname);
5986 $attachmentpath = $attachment;
5988 // Before doing the comparison, make sure that the paths are correct (Windows uses slashes in the other direction).
5989 $attachpath = str_replace('\\', '/', $attachmentpath);
5990 // Make sure both variables are normalised before comparing.
5991 $temppath = str_replace('\\', '/', realpath($CFG->tempdir
));
5993 // If the attachment is a full path to a file in the tempdir, use it as is,
5994 // otherwise assume it is a relative path from the dataroot (for backwards compatibility reasons).
5995 if (strpos($attachpath, $temppath) !== 0) {
5996 $attachmentpath = $CFG->dataroot
. '/' . $attachmentpath;
5999 $mail->addAttachment($attachmentpath, $attachname, 'base64', $mimetype);
6003 // Check if the email should be sent in an other charset then the default UTF-8.
6004 if ((!empty($CFG->sitemailcharset
) ||
!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset
))) {
6006 // Use the defined site mail charset or eventually the one preferred by the recipient.
6007 $charset = $CFG->sitemailcharset
;
6008 if (!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset
)) {
6009 if ($useremailcharset = get_user_preferences('mailcharset', '0', $user->id
)) {
6010 $charset = $useremailcharset;
6014 // Convert all the necessary strings if the charset is supported.
6015 $charsets = get_list_of_charsets();
6016 unset($charsets['UTF-8']);
6017 if (in_array($charset, $charsets)) {
6018 $mail->CharSet
= $charset;
6019 $mail->FromName
= core_text
::convert($mail->FromName
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6020 $mail->Subject
= core_text
::convert($mail->Subject
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6021 $mail->Body
= core_text
::convert($mail->Body
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6022 $mail->AltBody
= core_text
::convert($mail->AltBody
, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6024 foreach ($temprecipients as $key => $values) {
6025 $temprecipients[$key][1] = core_text
::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6027 foreach ($tempreplyto as $key => $values) {
6028 $tempreplyto[$key][1] = core_text
::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset));
6033 foreach ($temprecipients as $values) {
6034 $mail->addAddress($values[0], $values[1]);
6036 foreach ($tempreplyto as $values) {
6037 $mail->addReplyTo($values[0], $values[1]);
6040 if ($mail->send()) {
6041 set_send_count($user);
6042 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug
)) {
6047 // Trigger event for failing to send email.
6048 $event = \core\event\email_failed
::create(array(
6049 'context' => context_system
::instance(),
6050 'userid' => $from->id
,
6051 'relateduserid' => $user->id
,
6053 'subject' => $subject,
6054 'message' => $messagetext,
6055 'errorinfo' => $mail->ErrorInfo
6060 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$mail->ErrorInfo
);
6062 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug
)) {
6070 * Check to see if a user's real email address should be used for the "From" field.
6072 * @param object $from The user object for the user we are sending the email from.
6073 * @param object $user The user object that we are sending the email to.
6074 * @param array $unused No longer used.
6075 * @return bool Returns true if we can use the from user's email adress in the "From" field.
6077 function can_send_from_real_email_address($from, $user, $unused = null) {
6079 if (!isset($CFG->allowedemaildomains
) ||
empty(trim($CFG->allowedemaildomains
))) {
6082 $alloweddomains = array_map('trim', explode("\n", $CFG->allowedemaildomains
));
6083 // Email is in the list of allowed domains for sending email,
6084 // and the senders email setting is either displayed to everyone, or display to only other users that are enrolled
6085 // in a course with the sender.
6086 if (\core\ip_utils
::is_domain_in_allowed_list(substr($from->email
, strpos($from->email
, '@') +
1), $alloweddomains)
6087 && ($from->maildisplay
== core_user
::MAILDISPLAY_EVERYONE
6088 ||
($from->maildisplay
== core_user
::MAILDISPLAY_COURSE_MEMBERS_ONLY
6089 && enrol_get_shared_courses($user, $from, false, true)))) {
6096 * Generate a signoff for emails based on support settings
6100 function generate_email_signoff() {
6104 if (!empty($CFG->supportname
)) {
6105 $signoff .= $CFG->supportname
."\n";
6107 if (!empty($CFG->supportemail
)) {
6108 $signoff .= $CFG->supportemail
."\n";
6110 if (!empty($CFG->supportpage
)) {
6111 $signoff .= $CFG->supportpage
."\n";
6117 * Sets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
6119 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6120 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash for speed.
6121 * @return bool|string Returns "true" if mail was sent OK and "false" if there was an error
6123 function setnew_password_and_mail($user, $fasthash = false) {
6126 // We try to send the mail in language the user understands,
6127 // unfortunately the filter_string() does not support alternative langs yet
6128 // so multilang will not work properly for site->fullname.
6129 $lang = empty($user->lang
) ?
$CFG->lang
: $user->lang
;
6133 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6135 $newpassword = generate_password();
6137 update_internal_user_password($user, $newpassword, $fasthash);
6139 $a = new stdClass();
6140 $a->firstname
= fullname($user, true);
6141 $a->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6142 $a->username
= $user->username
;
6143 $a->newpassword
= $newpassword;
6144 $a->link
= $CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/';
6145 $a->signoff
= generate_email_signoff();
6147 $message = (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordtext', '', $a, $lang);
6149 $subject = format_string($site->fullname
) .': '. (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordsubj', '', $a, $lang);
6151 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6152 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6157 * Resets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email.
6159 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6160 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6162 function reset_password_and_mail($user) {
6166 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6168 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
6169 if (!$userauth->can_reset_password() or !is_enabled_auth($user->auth
)) {
6170 trigger_error("Attempt to reset user password for user $user->username with Auth $user->auth.");
6174 $newpassword = generate_password();
6176 if (!$userauth->user_update_password($user, $newpassword)) {
6177 print_error("cannotsetpassword");
6180 $a = new stdClass();
6181 $a->firstname
= $user->firstname
;
6182 $a->lastname
= $user->lastname
;
6183 $a->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6184 $a->username
= $user->username
;
6185 $a->newpassword
= $newpassword;
6186 $a->link
= $CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/change_password.php';
6187 $a->signoff
= generate_email_signoff();
6189 $message = get_string('newpasswordtext', '', $a);
6191 $subject = format_string($site->fullname
) .': '. get_string('changedpassword');
6193 unset_user_preference('create_password', $user); // Prevent cron from generating the password.
6195 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6196 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6200 * Send email to specified user with confirmation text and activation link.
6202 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6203 * @param string $confirmationurl user confirmation URL
6204 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6206 function send_confirmation_email($user, $confirmationurl = null) {
6210 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6212 $data = new stdClass();
6213 $data->firstname
= fullname($user);
6214 $data->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6215 $data->admin
= generate_email_signoff();
6217 $subject = get_string('emailconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6219 if (empty($confirmationurl)) {
6220 $confirmationurl = '/login/confirm.php';
6223 $confirmationurl = new moodle_url($confirmationurl);
6224 // Remove data parameter just in case it was included in the confirmation so we can add it manually later.
6225 $confirmationurl->remove_params('data');
6226 $confirmationpath = $confirmationurl->out(false);
6228 // We need to custom encode the username to include trailing dots in the link.
6229 // Because of this custom encoding we can't use moodle_url directly.
6230 // Determine if a query string is present in the confirmation url.
6231 $hasquerystring = strpos($confirmationpath, '?') !== false;
6232 // Perform normal url encoding of the username first.
6233 $username = urlencode($user->username
);
6234 // Prevent problems with trailing dots not being included as part of link in some mail clients.
6235 $username = str_replace('.', '%2E', $username);
6237 $data->link
= $confirmationpath . ( $hasquerystring ?
'&' : '?') . 'data='. $user->secret
.'/'. $username;
6239 $message = get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data);
6240 $messagehtml = text_to_html(get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data), false, false, true);
6242 $user->mailformat
= 1; // Always send HTML version as well.
6244 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6245 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message, $messagehtml);
6249 * Sends a password change confirmation email.
6251 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6252 * @param stdClass $resetrecord An object tracking metadata regarding password reset request
6253 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6255 function send_password_change_confirmation_email($user, $resetrecord) {
6259 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6260 $pwresetmins = isset($CFG->pwresettime
) ?
floor($CFG->pwresettime
/ MINSECS
) : 30;
6262 $data = new stdClass();
6263 $data->firstname
= $user->firstname
;
6264 $data->lastname
= $user->lastname
;
6265 $data->username
= $user->username
;
6266 $data->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6267 $data->link
= $CFG->wwwroot
.'/login/forgot_password.php?token='. $resetrecord->token
;
6268 $data->admin
= generate_email_signoff();
6269 $data->resetminutes
= $pwresetmins;
6271 $message = get_string('emailresetconfirmation', '', $data);
6272 $subject = get_string('emailresetconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6274 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6275 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6280 * Sends an email containinginformation on how to change your password.
6282 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object
6283 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error.
6285 function send_password_change_info($user) {
6289 $supportuser = core_user
::get_support_user();
6290 $systemcontext = context_system
::instance();
6292 $data = new stdClass();
6293 $data->firstname
= $user->firstname
;
6294 $data->lastname
= $user->lastname
;
6295 $data->username
= $user->username
;
6296 $data->sitename
= format_string($site->fullname
);
6297 $data->admin
= generate_email_signoff();
6299 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth
);
6301 if (!is_enabled_auth($user->auth
) or $user->auth
== 'nologin') {
6302 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfodisabled', '', $data);
6303 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6304 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6305 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6308 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and $userauth->change_password_url()) {
6309 // We have some external url for password changing.
6310 $data->link
.= $userauth->change_password_url();
6313 // No way to change password, sorry.
6317 if (!empty($data->link
) and has_capability('moodle/user:changeownpassword', $systemcontext, $user->id
)) {
6318 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfo', '', $data);
6319 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6321 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfofail', '', $data);
6322 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname
));
6325 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber.
6326 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message);
6331 * Check that an email is allowed. It returns an error message if there was a problem.
6333 * @param string $email Content of email
6334 * @return string|false
6336 function email_is_not_allowed($email) {
6339 if (!empty($CFG->allowemailaddresses
)) {
6340 $allowed = explode(' ', $CFG->allowemailaddresses
);
6341 foreach ($allowed as $allowedpattern) {
6342 $allowedpattern = trim($allowedpattern);
6343 if (!$allowedpattern) {
6346 if (strpos($allowedpattern, '.') === 0) {
6347 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($allowedpattern)) === 0) {
6348 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
6352 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$allowedpattern)) === 0) {
6356 return get_string('emailonlyallowed', '', $CFG->allowemailaddresses
);
6358 } else if (!empty($CFG->denyemailaddresses
)) {
6359 $denied = explode(' ', $CFG->denyemailaddresses
);
6360 foreach ($denied as $deniedpattern) {
6361 $deniedpattern = trim($deniedpattern);
6362 if (!$deniedpattern) {
6365 if (strpos($deniedpattern, '.') === 0) {
6366 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($deniedpattern)) === 0) {
6367 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "xxx@anything.example.com".
6368 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses
);
6371 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$deniedpattern)) === 0) {
6372 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses
);
6383 * Returns local file storage instance
6385 * @return file_storage
6387 function get_file_storage($reset = false) {
6401 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
6403 $fs = new file_storage();
6409 * Returns local file storage instance
6411 * @return file_browser
6413 function get_file_browser() {
6422 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
6424 $fb = new file_browser();
6430 * Returns file packer
6432 * @param string $mimetype default application/zip
6433 * @return file_packer
6435 function get_file_packer($mimetype='application/zip') {
6438 static $fp = array();
6440 if (isset($fp[$mimetype])) {
6441 return $fp[$mimetype];
6444 switch ($mimetype) {
6445 case 'application/zip':
6446 case 'application/vnd.moodle.profiling':
6447 $classname = 'zip_packer';
6450 case 'application/x-gzip' :
6451 $classname = 'tgz_packer';
6454 case 'application/vnd.moodle.backup':
6455 $classname = 'mbz_packer';
6462 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filestorage/$classname.php");
6463 $fp[$mimetype] = new $classname();
6465 return $fp[$mimetype];
6469 * Returns current name of file on disk if it exists.
6471 * @param string $newfile File to be verified
6472 * @return string Current name of file on disk if true
6474 function valid_uploaded_file($newfile) {
6475 if (empty($newfile)) {
6478 if (is_uploaded_file($newfile['tmp_name']) and $newfile['size'] > 0) {
6479 return $newfile['tmp_name'];
6486 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files.
6488 * There are seven possible upload limits:
6489 * 1. in Apache using LimitRequestBody (no way of checking or changing this)
6490 * 2. in php.ini for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6491 * 3. in .htaccess for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6492 * 4. in php.ini for 'post_max_size' (can not be changed inside PHP)
6493 * 5. by the Moodle admin in $CFG->maxbytes
6494 * 6. by the teacher in the current course $course->maxbytes
6495 * 7. by the teacher for the current module, eg $assignment->maxbytes
6497 * These last two are passed to this function as arguments (in bytes).
6498 * Anything defined as 0 is ignored.
6499 * The smallest of all the non-zero numbers is returned.
6501 * @todo Finish documenting this function
6503 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6504 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6505 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6506 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
6507 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
6509 function get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes=0, $coursebytes=0, $modulebytes=0, $unused = false) {
6511 if (! $filesize = ini_get('upload_max_filesize')) {
6514 $minimumsize = get_real_size($filesize);
6516 if ($postsize = ini_get('post_max_size')) {
6517 $postsize = get_real_size($postsize);
6518 if ($postsize < $minimumsize) {
6519 $minimumsize = $postsize;
6523 if (($sitebytes > 0) and ($sitebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6524 $minimumsize = $sitebytes;
6527 if (($coursebytes > 0) and ($coursebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6528 $minimumsize = $coursebytes;
6531 if (($modulebytes > 0) and ($modulebytes < $minimumsize)) {
6532 $minimumsize = $modulebytes;
6535 return $minimumsize;
6539 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files for the current user
6541 * This function takes in account {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} the user's capabilities
6543 * @param context $context The context in which to check user capabilities
6544 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6545 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6546 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6547 * @param stdClass $user The user
6548 * @param bool $unused This parameter has been deprecated and is not used any more.
6549 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files.
6551 function get_user_max_upload_file_size($context, $sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $user = null,
6559 if (has_capability('moodle/course:ignorefilesizelimits', $context, $user)) {
6560 return USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS
;
6563 return get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes);
6567 * Returns an array of possible sizes in local language
6569 * Related to {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} - this function returns an
6570 * array of possible sizes in an array, translated to the
6573 * The list of options will go up to the minimum of $sitebytes, $coursebytes or $modulebytes.
6575 * If $coursebytes or $sitebytes is not 0, an option will be included for "Course/Site upload limit (X)"
6576 * with the value set to 0. This option will be the first in the list.
6578 * @uses SORT_NUMERIC
6579 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size
6580 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes)
6581 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes)
6582 * @param int|array $custombytes custom upload size/s which will be added to list,
6583 * Only value/s smaller then maxsize will be added to list.
6586 function get_max_upload_sizes($sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $custombytes = null) {
6589 if (!$maxsize = get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes)) {
6593 if ($sitebytes == 0) {
6594 // Will get the minimum of upload_max_filesize or post_max_size.
6595 $sitebytes = get_max_upload_file_size();
6598 $filesize = array();
6599 $sizelist = array(10240, 51200, 102400, 512000, 1048576, 2097152,
6600 5242880, 10485760, 20971520, 52428800, 104857600,
6601 262144000, 524288000, 786432000, 1073741824,
6602 2147483648, 4294967296, 8589934592);
6604 // If custombytes is given and is valid then add it to the list.
6605 if (is_number($custombytes) and $custombytes > 0) {
6606 $custombytes = (int)$custombytes;
6607 if (!in_array($custombytes, $sizelist)) {
6608 $sizelist[] = $custombytes;
6610 } else if (is_array($custombytes)) {
6611 $sizelist = array_unique(array_merge($sizelist, $custombytes));
6614 // Allow maxbytes to be selected if it falls outside the above boundaries.
6615 if (isset($CFG->maxbytes
) && !in_array(get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes
), $sizelist)) {
6616 // Note: get_real_size() is used in order to prevent problems with invalid values.
6617 $sizelist[] = get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes
);
6620 foreach ($sizelist as $sizebytes) {
6621 if ($sizebytes < $maxsize && $sizebytes > 0) {
6622 $filesize[(string)intval($sizebytes)] = display_size($sizebytes);
6629 (($modulebytes < $coursebytes ||
$coursebytes == 0) &&
6630 ($modulebytes < $sitebytes ||
$sitebytes == 0))) {
6631 $limitlevel = get_string('activity', 'core');
6632 $displaysize = display_size($modulebytes);
6633 $filesize[$modulebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6635 } else if ($coursebytes && ($coursebytes < $sitebytes ||
$sitebytes == 0)) {
6636 $limitlevel = get_string('course', 'core');
6637 $displaysize = display_size($coursebytes);
6638 $filesize[$coursebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6640 } else if ($sitebytes) {
6641 $limitlevel = get_string('site', 'core');
6642 $displaysize = display_size($sitebytes);
6643 $filesize[$sitebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list.
6646 krsort($filesize, SORT_NUMERIC
);
6648 $params = (object) array('contextname' => $limitlevel, 'displaysize' => $displaysize);
6649 $filesize = array('0' => get_string('uploadlimitwithsize', 'core', $params)) +
$filesize;
6656 * Returns an array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir.
6658 * If excludefiles is defined, then that file/directory is ignored
6659 * If getdirs is true, then (sub)directories are included in the output
6660 * If getfiles is true, then files are included in the output
6661 * (at least one of these must be true!)
6663 * @todo Finish documenting this function. Add examples of $excludefile usage.
6665 * @param string $rootdir A given root directory to start from
6666 * @param string|array $excludefiles If defined then the specified file/directory is ignored
6667 * @param bool $descend If true then subdirectories are recursed as well
6668 * @param bool $getdirs If true then (sub)directories are included in the output
6669 * @param bool $getfiles If true then files are included in the output
6670 * @return array An array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir
6672 function get_directory_list($rootdir, $excludefiles='', $descend=true, $getdirs=false, $getfiles=true) {
6676 if (!$getdirs and !$getfiles) { // Nothing to show.
6680 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) { // Must be a directory.
6684 if (!$dir = opendir($rootdir)) { // Can't open it for some reason.
6688 if (!is_array($excludefiles)) {
6689 $excludefiles = array($excludefiles);
6692 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
6693 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
6694 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or in_array($file, $excludefiles)) {
6697 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
6698 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
6703 $subdirs = get_directory_list($fullfile, $excludefiles, $descend, $getdirs, $getfiles);
6704 foreach ($subdirs as $subdir) {
6705 $dirs[] = $file .'/'. $subdir;
6708 } else if ($getfiles) {
6721 * Adds up all the files in a directory and works out the size.
6723 * @param string $rootdir The directory to start from
6724 * @param string $excludefile A file to exclude when summing directory size
6725 * @return int The summed size of all files and subfiles within the root directory
6727 function get_directory_size($rootdir, $excludefile='') {
6730 // Do it this way if we can, it's much faster.
6731 if (!empty($CFG->pathtodu
) && is_executable(trim($CFG->pathtodu
))) {
6732 $command = trim($CFG->pathtodu
).' -sk '.escapeshellarg($rootdir);
6735 exec($command, $output, $return);
6736 if (is_array($output)) {
6737 // We told it to return k.
6738 return get_real_size(intval($output[0]).'k');
6742 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) {
6743 // Must be a directory.
6747 if (!$dir = @opendir
($rootdir)) {
6748 // Can't open it for some reason.
6754 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) {
6755 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1);
6756 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or $file == $excludefile) {
6759 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file;
6760 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') {
6761 $size +
= get_directory_size($fullfile, $excludefile);
6763 $size +
= filesize($fullfile);
6772 * Converts bytes into display form
6774 * @static string $gb Localized string for size in gigabytes
6775 * @static string $mb Localized string for size in megabytes
6776 * @static string $kb Localized string for size in kilobytes
6777 * @static string $b Localized string for size in bytes
6778 * @param int $size The size to convert to human readable form
6781 function display_size($size) {
6783 static $gb, $mb, $kb, $b;
6785 if ($size === USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS
) {
6786 return get_string('unlimited');
6790 $gb = get_string('sizegb');
6791 $mb = get_string('sizemb');
6792 $kb = get_string('sizekb');
6793 $b = get_string('sizeb');
6796 if ($size >= 1073741824) {
6797 $size = round($size / 1073741824 * 10) / 10 . $gb;
6798 } else if ($size >= 1048576) {
6799 $size = round($size / 1048576 * 10) / 10 . $mb;
6800 } else if ($size >= 1024) {
6801 $size = round($size / 1024 * 10) / 10 . $kb;
6803 $size = intval($size) .' '. $b; // File sizes over 2GB can not work in 32bit PHP anyway.
6809 * Cleans a given filename by removing suspicious or troublesome characters
6811 * @see clean_param()
6812 * @param string $string file name
6813 * @return string cleaned file name
6815 function clean_filename($string) {
6816 return clean_param($string, PARAM_FILE
);
6819 // STRING TRANSLATION.
6822 * Returns the code for the current language
6827 function current_language() {
6828 global $CFG, $USER, $SESSION, $COURSE;
6830 if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang
)) {
6831 // Allows overriding course-forced language (useful for admins to check
6832 // issues in courses whose language they don't understand).
6833 // Also used by some code to temporarily get language-related information in a
6834 // specific language (see force_current_language()).
6835 $return = $SESSION->forcelang
;
6837 } else if (!empty($COURSE->id
) and $COURSE->id
!= SITEID
and !empty($COURSE->lang
)) {
6838 // Course language can override all other settings for this page.
6839 $return = $COURSE->lang
;
6841 } else if (!empty($SESSION->lang
)) {
6842 // Session language can override other settings.
6843 $return = $SESSION->lang
;
6845 } else if (!empty($USER->lang
)) {
6846 $return = $USER->lang
;
6848 } else if (isset($CFG->lang
)) {
6849 $return = $CFG->lang
;
6855 // Just in case this slipped in from somewhere by accident.
6856 $return = str_replace('_utf8', '', $return);
6862 * Returns parent language of current active language if defined
6865 * @param string $lang null means current language
6868 function get_parent_language($lang=null) {
6870 // Let's hack around the current language.
6871 if (!empty($lang)) {
6872 $oldforcelang = force_current_language($lang);
6875 $parentlang = get_string('parentlanguage', 'langconfig');
6876 if ($parentlang === 'en') {
6880 // Let's hack around the current language.
6881 if (!empty($lang)) {
6882 force_current_language($oldforcelang);
6889 * Force the current language to get strings and dates localised in the given language.
6891 * After calling this function, all strings will be provided in the given language
6892 * until this function is called again, or equivalent code is run.
6894 * @param string $language
6895 * @return string previous $SESSION->forcelang value
6897 function force_current_language($language) {
6899 $sessionforcelang = isset($SESSION->forcelang
) ?
$SESSION->forcelang
: '';
6900 if ($language !== $sessionforcelang) {
6901 // Seting forcelang to null or an empty string disables it's effect.
6902 if (empty($language) ||
get_string_manager()->translation_exists($language, false)) {
6903 $SESSION->forcelang
= $language;
6907 return $sessionforcelang;
6911 * Returns current string_manager instance.
6913 * The param $forcereload is needed for CLI installer only where the string_manager instance
6914 * must be replaced during the install.php script life time.
6917 * @param bool $forcereload shall the singleton be released and new instance created instead?
6918 * @return core_string_manager
6920 function get_string_manager($forcereload=false) {
6923 static $singleton = null;
6928 if ($singleton === null) {
6929 if (empty($CFG->early_install_lang
)) {
6931 if (empty($CFG->langlist
)) {
6932 $translist = array();
6934 $translist = explode(',', $CFG->langlist
);
6937 if (!empty($CFG->config_php_settings
['customstringmanager'])) {
6938 $classname = $CFG->config_php_settings
['customstringmanager'];
6940 if (class_exists($classname)) {
6941 $implements = class_implements($classname);
6943 if (isset($implements['core_string_manager'])) {
6944 $singleton = new $classname($CFG->langotherroot
, $CFG->langlocalroot
, $translist);
6948 debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.
6949 ' does not implement the core_string_manager interface.');
6953 debugging('Unable to instantiate custom string manager: class '.$classname.' can not be found.');
6957 $singleton = new core_string_manager_standard($CFG->langotherroot
, $CFG->langlocalroot
, $translist);
6960 $singleton = new core_string_manager_install();
6968 * Returns a localized string.
6970 * Returns the translated string specified by $identifier as
6971 * for $module. Uses the same format files as STphp.
6972 * $a is an object, string or number that can be used
6973 * within translation strings
6975 * eg 'hello {$a->firstname} {$a->lastname}'
6978 * If you would like to directly echo the localized string use
6979 * the function {@link print_string()}
6981 * Example usage of this function involves finding the string you would
6982 * like a local equivalent of and using its identifier and module information
6983 * to retrieve it.<br/>
6984 * If you open moodle/lang/en/moodle.php and look near line 278
6985 * you will find a string to prompt a user for their word for 'course'
6987 * $string['course'] = 'Course';
6989 * So if you want to display the string 'Course'
6990 * in any language that supports it on your site
6991 * you just need to use the identifier 'course'
6993 * $mystring = '<strong>'. get_string('course') .'</strong>';
6996 * If the string you want is in another file you'd take a slightly
6997 * different approach. Looking in moodle/lang/en/calendar.php you find
7000 * $string['typecourse'] = 'Course event';
7002 * If you want to display the string "Course event" in any language
7003 * supported you would use the identifier 'typecourse' and the module 'calendar'
7004 * (because it is in the file calendar.php):
7006 * $mystring = '<h1>'. get_string('typecourse', 'calendar') .'</h1>';
7009 * As a last resort, should the identifier fail to map to a string
7010 * the returned string will be [[ $identifier ]]
7012 * In Moodle 2.3 there is a new argument to this function $lazyload.
7013 * Setting $lazyload to true causes get_string to return a lang_string object
7014 * rather than the string itself. The fetching of the string is then put off until
7015 * the string object is first used. The object can be used by calling it's out
7016 * method or by casting the object to a string, either directly e.g.
7017 * (string)$stringobject
7018 * or indirectly by using the string within another string or echoing it out e.g.
7019 * echo $stringobject
7020 * return "<p>{$stringobject}</p>";
7021 * It is worth noting that using $lazyload and attempting to use the string as an
7022 * array key will cause a fatal error as objects cannot be used as array keys.
7023 * But you should never do that anyway!
7024 * For more information {@link lang_string}
7027 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
7028 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored,
7029 * usually expressed as the filename in the language pack without the
7030 * .php on the end but can also be written as mod/forum or grade/export/xls.
7031 * If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
7032 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used
7033 * within translation strings
7034 * @param bool $lazyload If set to true a string object is returned instead of
7035 * the string itself. The string then isn't calculated until it is first used.
7036 * @return string The localized string.
7037 * @throws coding_exception
7039 function get_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lazyload = false) {
7042 // If the lazy load argument has been supplied return a lang_string object
7044 // We need to make sure it is true (and a bool) as you will see below there
7045 // used to be a forth argument at one point.
7046 if ($lazyload === true) {
7047 return new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7050 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
&& clean_param($identifier, PARAM_STRINGID
) === '') {
7051 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. The identifier cannot be empty. Please fix your get_string() call.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
7054 // There is now a forth argument again, this time it is a boolean however so
7055 // we can still check for the old extralocations parameter.
7056 if (!is_bool($lazyload) && !empty($lazyload)) {
7057 debugging('extralocations parameter in get_string() is not supported any more, please use standard lang locations only.');
7060 if (strpos($component, '/') !== false) {
7061 debugging('The module name you passed to get_string is the deprecated format ' .
7062 'like mod/mymod or block/myblock. The correct form looks like mymod, or block_myblock.' , DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
7063 $componentpath = explode('/', $component);
7065 switch ($componentpath[0]) {
7067 $component = $componentpath[1];
7071 $component = 'block_'.$componentpath[1];
7074 $component = 'enrol_'.$componentpath[1];
7077 $component = 'format_'.$componentpath[1];
7080 $component = 'grade'.$componentpath[1].'_'.$componentpath[2];
7085 $result = get_string_manager()->get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7087 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
7088 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids
) && $CFG->debugstringids
&& optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT
)) {
7089 $result .= ' {' . $identifier . '/' . $component . '}';
7095 * Converts an array of strings to their localized value.
7097 * @param array $array An array of strings
7098 * @param string $component The language module that these strings can be found in.
7099 * @return stdClass translated strings.
7101 function get_strings($array, $component = '') {
7102 $string = new stdClass
;
7103 foreach ($array as $item) {
7104 $string->$item = get_string($item, $component);
7110 * Prints out a translated string.
7112 * Prints out a translated string using the return value from the {@link get_string()} function.
7114 * Example usage of this function when the string is in the moodle.php file:<br/>
7117 * print_string('course');
7121 * Example usage of this function when the string is not in the moodle.php file:<br/>
7124 * print_string('typecourse', 'calendar');
7129 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string
7130 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored. If none is specified then moodle.php is used.
7131 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used within translation strings
7133 function print_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null) {
7134 echo get_string($identifier, $component, $a);
7138 * Returns a list of charset codes
7140 * Returns a list of charset codes. It's hardcoded, so they should be added manually
7141 * (checking that such charset is supported by the texlib library!)
7143 * @return array And associative array with contents in the form of charset => charset
7145 function get_list_of_charsets() {
7148 'EUC-JP' => 'EUC-JP',
7149 'ISO-2022-JP'=> 'ISO-2022-JP',
7150 'ISO-8859-1' => 'ISO-8859-1',
7151 'SHIFT-JIS' => 'SHIFT-JIS',
7152 'GB2312' => 'GB2312',
7153 'GB18030' => 'GB18030', // GB18030 not supported by typo and mbstring.
7154 'UTF-8' => 'UTF-8');
7162 * Returns a list of valid and compatible themes
7166 function get_list_of_themes() {
7171 if (!empty($CFG->themelist
)) { // Use admin's list of themes.
7172 $themelist = explode(',', $CFG->themelist
);
7174 $themelist = array_keys(core_component
::get_plugin_list("theme"));
7177 foreach ($themelist as $key => $themename) {
7178 $theme = theme_config
::load($themename);
7179 $themes[$themename] = $theme;
7182 core_collator
::asort_objects_by_method($themes, 'get_theme_name');
7188 * Factory function for emoticon_manager
7190 * @return emoticon_manager singleton
7192 function get_emoticon_manager() {
7193 static $singleton = null;
7195 if (is_null($singleton)) {
7196 $singleton = new emoticon_manager();
7203 * Provides core support for plugins that have to deal with emoticons (like HTML editor or emoticon filter).
7205 * Whenever this manager mentiones 'emoticon object', the following data
7206 * structure is expected: stdClass with properties text, imagename, imagecomponent,
7207 * altidentifier and altcomponent
7209 * @see admin_setting_emoticons
7211 * @copyright 2010 David Mudrak
7212 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7214 class emoticon_manager
{
7217 * Returns the currently enabled emoticons
7219 * @return array of emoticon objects
7221 public function get_emoticons() {
7224 if (empty($CFG->emoticons
)) {
7228 $emoticons = $this->decode_stored_config($CFG->emoticons
);
7230 if (!is_array($emoticons)) {
7231 // Something is wrong with the format of stored setting.
7232 debugging('Invalid format of emoticons setting, please resave the emoticons settings form', DEBUG_NORMAL
);
7240 * Converts emoticon object into renderable pix_emoticon object
7242 * @param stdClass $emoticon emoticon object
7243 * @param array $attributes explicit HTML attributes to set
7244 * @return pix_emoticon
7246 public function prepare_renderable_emoticon(stdClass
$emoticon, array $attributes = array()) {
7247 $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
7248 if ($stringmanager->string_exists($emoticon->altidentifier
, $emoticon->altcomponent
)) {
7249 $alt = get_string($emoticon->altidentifier
, $emoticon->altcomponent
);
7251 $alt = s($emoticon->text
);
7253 return new pix_emoticon($emoticon->imagename
, $alt, $emoticon->imagecomponent
, $attributes);
7257 * Encodes the array of emoticon objects into a string storable in config table
7259 * @see self::decode_stored_config()
7260 * @param array $emoticons array of emtocion objects
7263 public function encode_stored_config(array $emoticons) {
7264 return json_encode($emoticons);
7268 * Decodes the string into an array of emoticon objects
7270 * @see self::encode_stored_config()
7271 * @param string $encoded
7272 * @return string|null
7274 public function decode_stored_config($encoded) {
7275 $decoded = json_decode($encoded);
7276 if (!is_array($decoded)) {
7283 * Returns default set of emoticons supported by Moodle
7285 * @return array of sdtClasses
7287 public function default_emoticons() {
7289 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
7290 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'),
7291 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-D", 's/biggrin', 'biggrin'),
7292 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(";-)", 's/wink', 'wink'),
7293 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-/", 's/mixed', 'mixed'),
7294 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("V-.", 's/thoughtful', 'thoughtful'),
7295 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-P", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
7296 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-p", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'),
7297 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("B-)", 's/cool', 'cool'),
7298 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("^-)", 's/approve', 'approve'),
7299 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-)", 's/wideeyes', 'wideeyes'),
7300 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":o)", 's/clown', 'clown'),
7301 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
7302 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":(", 's/sad', 'sad'),
7303 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-.", 's/shy', 'shy'),
7304 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-I", 's/blush', 'blush'),
7305 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-X", 's/kiss', 'kiss'),
7306 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-o", 's/surprise', 'surprise'),
7307 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("P-|", 's/blackeye', 'blackeye'),
7308 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-[", 's/angry', 'angry'),
7309 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(grr)", 's/angry', 'angry'),
7310 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("xx-P", 's/dead', 'dead'),
7311 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("|-.", 's/sleepy', 'sleepy'),
7312 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("}-]", 's/evil', 'evil'),
7313 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(h)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
7314 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(heart)", 's/heart', 'heart'),
7315 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(y)", 's/yes', 'yes', 'core'),
7316 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(n)", 's/no', 'no', 'core'),
7317 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(martin)", 's/martin', 'martin'),
7318 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("( )", 's/egg', 'egg'),
7323 * Helper method preparing the stdClass with the emoticon properties
7325 * @param string|array $text or array of strings
7326 * @param string $imagename to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
7327 * @param string $altidentifier alternative string identifier, null for no alt
7328 * @param string $altcomponent where the alternative string is defined
7329 * @param string $imagecomponent to be used by {@link pix_emoticon}
7332 protected function prepare_emoticon_object($text, $imagename, $altidentifier = null,
7333 $altcomponent = 'core_pix', $imagecomponent = 'core') {
7334 return (object)array(
7336 'imagename' => $imagename,
7337 'imagecomponent' => $imagecomponent,
7338 'altidentifier' => $altidentifier,
7339 'altcomponent' => $altcomponent,
7349 * @param string $data Data to encrypt.
7350 * @return string The now encrypted data.
7352 function rc4encrypt($data) {
7353 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, '');
7359 * @param string $data Data to decrypt.
7360 * @return string The now decrypted data.
7362 function rc4decrypt($data) {
7363 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, 'de');
7367 * Based on a class by Mukul Sabharwal [mukulsabharwal @ yahoo.com]
7369 * @todo Finish documenting this function
7371 * @param string $pwd The password to use when encrypting or decrypting
7372 * @param string $data The data to be decrypted/encrypted
7373 * @param string $case Either 'de' for decrypt or '' for encrypt
7376 function endecrypt ($pwd, $data, $case) {
7378 if ($case == 'de') {
7379 $data = urldecode($data);
7384 $pwdlength = strlen($pwd);
7386 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++
) {
7387 $key[$i] = ord(substr($pwd, ($i %
$pwdlength), 1));
7393 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++
) {
7394 $x = ($x +
$box[$i] +
$key[$i]) %
256;
7395 $tempswap = $box[$i];
7396 $box[$i] = $box[$x];
7397 $box[$x] = $tempswap;
7405 for ($i = 0; $i < strlen($data); $i++
) {
7406 $a = ($a +
1) %
256;
7407 $j = ($j +
$box[$a]) %
256;
7409 $box[$a] = $box[$j];
7411 $k = $box[(($box[$a] +
$box[$j]) %
256)];
7412 $cipherby = ord(substr($data, $i, 1)) ^
$k;
7413 $cipher .= chr($cipherby);
7416 if ($case == 'de') {
7417 $cipher = urldecode(urlencode($cipher));
7419 $cipher = urlencode($cipher);
7425 // ENVIRONMENT CHECKING.
7428 * This method validates a plug name. It is much faster than calling clean_param.
7430 * @param string $name a string that might be a plugin name.
7431 * @return bool if this string is a valid plugin name.
7433 function is_valid_plugin_name($name) {
7434 // This does not work for 'mod', bad luck, use any other type.
7435 return core_component
::is_valid_plugin_name('tool', $name);
7439 * Get a list of all the plugins of a given type that define a certain API function
7440 * in a certain file. The plugin component names and function names are returned.
7442 * @param string $plugintype the type of plugin, e.g. 'mod' or 'report'.
7443 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
7444 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
7445 * names like report_courselist_hook.
7446 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
7447 * function. Defaults to lib.php.
7448 * @return array with frankenstyle plugin names as keys (e.g. 'report_courselist', 'mod_forum')
7449 * and the function names as values (e.g. 'report_courselist_hook', 'forum_hook').
7451 function get_plugin_list_with_function($plugintype, $function, $file = 'lib.php') {
7454 // We don't include here as all plugin types files would be included.
7455 $plugins = get_plugins_with_function($function, $file, false);
7457 if (empty($plugins[$plugintype])) {
7461 $allplugins = core_component
::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
7463 // Reformat the array and include the files.
7464 $pluginfunctions = array();
7465 foreach ($plugins[$plugintype] as $pluginname => $functionname) {
7467 // Check that it has not been removed and the file is still available.
7468 if (!empty($allplugins[$pluginname])) {
7470 $filepath = $allplugins[$pluginname] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
. $file;
7471 if (file_exists($filepath)) {
7472 include_once($filepath);
7473 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $pluginname] = $functionname;
7478 return $pluginfunctions;
7482 * Get a list of all the plugins that define a certain API function in a certain file.
7484 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the
7485 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with
7486 * names like report_courselist_hook.
7487 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the
7488 * function. Defaults to lib.php.
7489 * @param bool $include Whether to include the files that contain the functions or not.
7490 * @return array with [plugintype][plugin] = functionname
7492 function get_plugins_with_function($function, $file = 'lib.php', $include = true) {
7495 if (during_initial_install() ||
isset($CFG->upgraderunning
)) {
7496 // API functions _must not_ be called during an installation or upgrade.
7500 $cache = \cache
::make('core', 'plugin_functions');
7502 // Including both although I doubt that we will find two functions definitions with the same name.
7503 // Clearning the filename as cache_helper::hash_key only allows a-zA-Z0-9_.
7504 $key = $function . '_' . clean_param($file, PARAM_ALPHA
);
7505 $pluginfunctions = $cache->get($key);
7507 // Use the plugin manager to check that plugins are currently installed.
7508 $pluginmanager = \core_plugin_manager
::instance();
7510 if ($pluginfunctions !== false) {
7512 // Checking that the files are still available.
7513 foreach ($pluginfunctions as $plugintype => $plugins) {
7515 $allplugins = \core_component
::get_plugin_list($plugintype);
7516 $installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype);
7517 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $function) {
7518 if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) {
7519 // Plugin code is still present on disk but it is not installed.
7520 unset($pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin]);
7524 // Cache might be out of sync with the codebase, skip the plugin if it is not available.
7525 if (empty($allplugins[$plugin])) {
7526 unset($pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin]);
7530 $fileexists = file_exists($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
. $file);
7531 if ($include && $fileexists) {
7532 // Include the files if it was requested.
7533 include_once($allplugins[$plugin] . DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
. $file);
7534 } else if (!$fileexists) {
7535 // If the file is not available any more it should not be returned.
7536 unset($pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin]);
7540 return $pluginfunctions;
7543 $pluginfunctions = array();
7545 // To fill the cached. Also, everything should continue working with cache disabled.
7546 $plugintypes = \core_component
::get_plugin_types();
7547 foreach ($plugintypes as $plugintype => $unused) {
7549 // We need to include files here.
7550 $pluginswithfile = \core_component
::get_plugin_list_with_file($plugintype, $file, true);
7551 $installedplugins = $pluginmanager->get_installed_plugins($plugintype);
7552 foreach ($pluginswithfile as $plugin => $notused) {
7554 if (!isset($installedplugins[$plugin])) {
7558 $fullfunction = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin . '_' . $function;
7560 $pluginfunction = false;
7561 if (function_exists($fullfunction)) {
7562 // Function exists with standard name. Store, indexed by frankenstyle name of plugin.
7563 $pluginfunction = $fullfunction;
7565 } else if ($plugintype === 'mod') {
7566 // For modules, we also allow plugin without full frankenstyle but just starting with the module name.
7567 $shortfunction = $plugin . '_' . $function;
7568 if (function_exists($shortfunction)) {
7569 $pluginfunction = $shortfunction;
7573 if ($pluginfunction) {
7574 if (empty($pluginfunctions[$plugintype])) {
7575 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype] = array();
7577 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype][$plugin] = $pluginfunction;
7582 $cache->set($key, $pluginfunctions);
7584 return $pluginfunctions;
7589 * Lists plugin-like directories within specified directory
7591 * This function was originally used for standard Moodle plugins, please use
7592 * new core_component::get_plugin_list() now.
7594 * This function is used for general directory listing and backwards compatility.
7596 * @param string $directory relative directory from root
7597 * @param string $exclude dir name to exclude from the list (defaults to none)
7598 * @param string $basedir full path to the base dir where $plugin resides (defaults to $CFG->dirroot)
7599 * @return array Sorted array of directory names found under the requested parameters
7601 function get_list_of_plugins($directory='mod', $exclude='', $basedir='') {
7606 if (empty($basedir)) {
7607 $basedir = $CFG->dirroot
.'/'. $directory;
7610 $basedir = $basedir .'/'. $directory;
7613 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
and empty($exclude)) {
7614 // Make sure devs do not use this to list normal plugins,
7615 // this is intended for general directories that are not plugins!
7617 $subtypes = core_component
::get_plugin_types();
7618 if (in_array($basedir, $subtypes)) {
7619 debugging('get_list_of_plugins() should not be used to list real plugins, use core_component::get_plugin_list() instead!', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
7624 if (file_exists($basedir) && filetype($basedir) == 'dir') {
7625 if (!$dirhandle = opendir($basedir)) {
7626 debugging("Directory permission error for plugin ({$directory}). Directory exists but cannot be read.", DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
7629 while (false !== ($dir = readdir($dirhandle))) {
7630 // Func: strpos is marginally but reliably faster than substr($dir, 0, 1).
7631 if (strpos($dir, '.') === 0 or $dir === 'CVS' or $dir === '_vti_cnf' or $dir === 'simpletest' or $dir === 'yui' or
7632 $dir === 'tests' or $dir === 'classes' or $dir === $exclude) {
7635 if (filetype($basedir .'/'. $dir) != 'dir') {
7640 closedir($dirhandle);
7649 * Invoke plugin's callback functions
7651 * @param string $type plugin type e.g. 'mod'
7652 * @param string $name plugin name
7653 * @param string $feature feature name
7654 * @param string $action feature's action
7655 * @param array $params parameters of callback function, should be an array
7656 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
7659 * @todo Decide about to deprecate and drop plugin_callback() - MDL-30743
7661 function plugin_callback($type, $name, $feature, $action, $params = null, $default = null) {
7662 return component_callback($type . '_' . $name, $feature . '_' . $action, (array) $params, $default);
7666 * Invoke component's callback functions
7668 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
7669 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
7670 * @param array $params parameters of callback function
7671 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null.
7674 function component_callback($component, $function, array $params = array(), $default = null) {
7676 $functionname = component_callback_exists($component, $function);
7678 if ($functionname) {
7679 // Function exists, so just return function result.
7680 $ret = call_user_func_array($functionname, $params);
7681 if (is_null($ret)) {
7691 * Determine if a component callback exists and return the function name to call. Note that this
7692 * function will include the required library files so that the functioname returned can be
7695 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz'
7696 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron'
7697 * @return mixed Complete function name to call if the callback exists or false if it doesn't.
7698 * @throws coding_exception if invalid component specfied
7700 function component_callback_exists($component, $function) {
7701 global $CFG; // This is needed for the inclusions.
7703 $cleancomponent = clean_param($component, PARAM_COMPONENT
);
7704 if (empty($cleancomponent)) {
7705 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
7707 $component = $cleancomponent;
7709 list($type, $name) = core_component
::normalize_component($component);
7710 $component = $type . '_' . $name;
7712 $oldfunction = $name.'_'.$function;
7713 $function = $component.'_'.$function;
7715 $dir = core_component
::get_component_directory($component);
7717 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component);
7720 // Load library and look for function.
7721 if (file_exists($dir.'/lib.php')) {
7722 require_once($dir.'/lib.php');
7725 if (!function_exists($function) and function_exists($oldfunction)) {
7726 if ($type !== 'mod' and $type !== 'core') {
7727 debugging("Please use new function name $function instead of legacy $oldfunction", DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
7729 $function = $oldfunction;
7732 if (function_exists($function)) {
7739 * Call the specified callback method on the provided class.
7741 * If the callback returns null, then the default value is returned instead.
7742 * If the class does not exist, then the default value is returned.
7744 * @param string $classname The name of the class to call upon.
7745 * @param string $methodname The name of the staticically defined method on the class.
7746 * @param array $params The arguments to pass into the method.
7747 * @param mixed $default The default value.
7748 * @return mixed The return value.
7750 function component_class_callback($classname, $methodname, array $params, $default = null) {
7751 if (!class_exists($classname)) {
7755 if (!method_exists($classname, $methodname)) {
7759 $fullfunction = $classname . '::' . $methodname;
7760 $result = call_user_func_array($fullfunction, $params);
7762 if (null === $result) {
7770 * Checks whether a plugin supports a specified feature.
7772 * @param string $type Plugin type e.g. 'mod'
7773 * @param string $name Plugin name e.g. 'forum'
7774 * @param string $feature Feature code (FEATURE_xx constant)
7775 * @param mixed $default default value if feature support unknown
7776 * @return mixed Feature result (false if not supported, null if feature is unknown,
7777 * otherwise usually true but may have other feature-specific value such as array)
7778 * @throws coding_exception
7780 function plugin_supports($type, $name, $feature, $default = null) {
7783 if ($type === 'mod' and $name === 'NEWMODULE') {
7784 // Somebody forgot to rename the module template.
7788 $component = clean_param($type . '_' . $name, PARAM_COMPONENT
);
7789 if (empty($component)) {
7790 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin_supports():' . $type . '_' . $name);
7795 if ($type === 'mod') {
7796 // We need this special case because we support subplugins in modules,
7797 // otherwise it would end up in infinite loop.
7798 if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php")) {
7799 include_once("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php");
7800 $function = $component.'_supports';
7801 if (!function_exists($function)) {
7802 // Legacy non-frankenstyle function name.
7803 $function = $name.'_supports';
7808 if (!$path = core_component
::get_plugin_directory($type, $name)) {
7809 // Non existent plugin type.
7812 if (file_exists("$path/lib.php")) {
7813 include_once("$path/lib.php");
7814 $function = $component.'_supports';
7818 if ($function and function_exists($function)) {
7819 $supports = $function($feature);
7820 if (is_null($supports)) {
7821 // Plugin does not know - use default.
7828 // Plugin does not care, so use default.
7833 * Returns true if the current version of PHP is greater that the specified one.
7835 * @todo Check PHP version being required here is it too low?
7837 * @param string $version The version of php being tested.
7840 function check_php_version($version='5.2.4') {
7841 return (version_compare(phpversion(), $version) >= 0);
7845 * Determine if moodle installation requires update.
7847 * Checks version numbers of main code and all plugins to see
7848 * if there are any mismatches.
7852 function moodle_needs_upgrading() {
7855 if (empty($CFG->version
)) {
7859 // There is no need to purge plugininfo caches here because
7860 // these caches are not used during upgrade and they are purged after
7863 if (empty($CFG->allversionshash
)) {
7867 $hash = core_component
::get_all_versions_hash();
7869 return ($hash !== $CFG->allversionshash
);
7873 * Returns the major version of this site
7875 * Moodle version numbers consist of three numbers separated by a dot, for
7876 * example 1.9.11 or 2.0.2. The first two numbers, like 1.9 or 2.0, represent so
7877 * called major version. This function extracts the major version from either
7878 * $CFG->release (default) or eventually from the $release variable defined in
7879 * the main version.php.
7881 * @param bool $fromdisk should the version if source code files be used
7882 * @return string|false the major version like '2.3', false if could not be determined
7884 function moodle_major_version($fromdisk = false) {
7889 require($CFG->dirroot
.'/version.php');
7890 if (empty($release)) {
7895 if (empty($CFG->release
)) {
7898 $release = $CFG->release
;
7901 if (preg_match('/^[0-9]+\.[0-9]+/', $release, $matches)) {
7911 * Sets the system locale
7914 * @param string $locale Can be used to force a locale
7916 function moodle_setlocale($locale='') {
7919 static $currentlocale = ''; // Last locale caching.
7921 $oldlocale = $currentlocale;
7923 // Fetch the correct locale based on ostype.
7924 if ($CFG->ostype
== 'WINDOWS') {
7925 $stringtofetch = 'localewin';
7927 $stringtofetch = 'locale';
7930 // The priority is the same as in get_string() - parameter, config, course, session, user, global language.
7931 if (!empty($locale)) {
7932 $currentlocale = $locale;
7933 } else if (!empty($CFG->locale
)) { // Override locale for all language packs.
7934 $currentlocale = $CFG->locale
;
7936 $currentlocale = get_string($stringtofetch, 'langconfig');
7939 // Do nothing if locale already set up.
7940 if ($oldlocale == $currentlocale) {
7944 // Due to some strange BUG we cannot set the LC_TIME directly, so we fetch current values,
7945 // set LC_ALL and then set values again. Just wondering why we cannot set LC_ALL only??? - stronk7
7946 // Some day, numeric, monetary and other categories should be set too, I think. :-/.
7948 // Get current values.
7949 $monetary= setlocale (LC_MONETARY
, 0);
7950 $numeric = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC
, 0);
7951 $ctype = setlocale (LC_CTYPE
, 0);
7952 if ($CFG->ostype
!= 'WINDOWS') {
7953 $messages= setlocale (LC_MESSAGES
, 0);
7955 // Set locale to all.
7956 $result = setlocale (LC_ALL
, $currentlocale);
7957 // If setting of locale fails try the other utf8 or utf-8 variant,
7958 // some operating systems support both (Debian), others just one (OSX).
7959 if ($result === false) {
7960 if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF-8') !== false) {
7961 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF-8', '.UTF8', $currentlocale);
7962 setlocale (LC_ALL
, $newlocale);
7963 } else if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF8') !== false) {
7964 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF8', '.UTF-8', $currentlocale);
7965 setlocale (LC_ALL
, $newlocale);
7969 setlocale (LC_MONETARY
, $monetary);
7970 setlocale (LC_NUMERIC
, $numeric);
7971 if ($CFG->ostype
!= 'WINDOWS') {
7972 setlocale (LC_MESSAGES
, $messages);
7974 if ($currentlocale == 'tr_TR' or $currentlocale == 'tr_TR.UTF-8') {
7975 // To workaround a well-known PHP problem with Turkish letter Ii.
7976 setlocale (LC_CTYPE
, $ctype);
7981 * Count words in a string.
7983 * Words are defined as things between whitespace.
7986 * @param string $string The text to be searched for words.
7987 * @return int The count of words in the specified string
7989 function count_words($string) {
7990 $string = strip_tags($string);
7991 // Decode HTML entities.
7992 $string = html_entity_decode($string);
7993 // Replace underscores (which are classed as word characters) with spaces.
7994 $string = preg_replace('/_/u', ' ', $string);
7995 // Remove any characters that shouldn't be treated as word boundaries.
7996 $string = preg_replace('/[\'"’-]/u', '', $string);
7997 // Remove dots and commas from within numbers only.
7998 $string = preg_replace('/([0-9])[.,]([0-9])/u', '$1$2', $string);
8000 return count(preg_split('/\w\b/u', $string)) - 1;
8004 * Count letters in a string.
8006 * Letters are defined as chars not in tags and different from whitespace.
8009 * @param string $string The text to be searched for letters.
8010 * @return int The count of letters in the specified text.
8012 function count_letters($string) {
8013 $string = strip_tags($string); // Tags are out now.
8014 $string = preg_replace('/[[:space:]]*/', '', $string); // Whitespace are out now.
8016 return core_text
::strlen($string);
8020 * Generate and return a random string of the specified length.
8022 * @param int $length The length of the string to be created.
8025 function random_string($length=15) {
8026 $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length);
8027 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ';
8028 $pool .= 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz';
8029 $pool .= '0123456789';
8030 $poollen = strlen($pool);
8032 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++
) {
8033 $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
8034 $string .= substr($pool, ($rand%
($poollen)), 1);
8040 * Generate a complex random string (useful for md5 salts)
8042 * This function is based on the above {@link random_string()} however it uses a
8043 * larger pool of characters and generates a string between 24 and 32 characters
8045 * @param int $length Optional if set generates a string to exactly this length
8048 function complex_random_string($length=null) {
8049 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789';
8050 $pool .= '`~!@#%^&*()_+-=[];,./<>?:{} ';
8051 $poollen = strlen($pool);
8052 if ($length===null) {
8053 $length = floor(rand(24, 32));
8055 $randombytes = random_bytes_emulate($length);
8057 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++
) {
8058 $rand = ord($randombytes[$i]);
8059 $string .= $pool[($rand%
$poollen)];
8065 * Try to generates cryptographically secure pseudo-random bytes.
8067 * Note this is achieved by fallbacking between:
8068 * - PHP 7 random_bytes().
8069 * - OpenSSL openssl_random_pseudo_bytes().
8070 * - In house random generator getting its entropy from various, hard to guess, pseudo-random sources.
8072 * @param int $length requested length in bytes
8073 * @return string binary data
8075 function random_bytes_emulate($length) {
8078 debugging('Invalid random bytes length', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
8081 if (function_exists('random_bytes')) {
8082 // Use PHP 7 goodness.
8083 $hash = @random_bytes
($length);
8084 if ($hash !== false) {
8088 if (function_exists('openssl_random_pseudo_bytes')) {
8089 // If you have the openssl extension enabled.
8090 $hash = openssl_random_pseudo_bytes($length);
8091 if ($hash !== false) {
8096 // Bad luck, there is no reliable random generator, let's just slowly hash some unique stuff that is hard to guess.
8097 $staticdata = serialize($CFG) . serialize($_SERVER);
8100 $hash .= sha1($staticdata . microtime(true) . uniqid('', true), true);
8101 } while (strlen($hash) < $length);
8103 return substr($hash, 0, $length);
8107 * Given some text (which may contain HTML) and an ideal length,
8108 * this function truncates the text neatly on a word boundary if possible
8111 * @param string $text text to be shortened
8112 * @param int $ideal ideal string length
8113 * @param boolean $exact if false, $text will not be cut mid-word
8114 * @param string $ending The string to append if the passed string is truncated
8115 * @return string $truncate shortened string
8117 function shorten_text($text, $ideal=30, $exact = false, $ending='...') {
8118 // If the plain text is shorter than the maximum length, return the whole text.
8119 if (core_text
::strlen(preg_replace('/<.*?>/', '', $text)) <= $ideal) {
8123 // Splits on HTML tags. Each open/close/empty tag will be the first thing
8124 // and only tag in its 'line'.
8125 preg_match_all('/(<.+?>)?([^<>]*)/s', $text, $lines, PREG_SET_ORDER
);
8127 $totallength = core_text
::strlen($ending);
8130 // This array stores information about open and close tags and their position
8131 // in the truncated string. Each item in the array is an object with fields
8132 // ->open (true if open), ->tag (tag name in lower case), and ->pos
8133 // (byte position in truncated text).
8134 $tagdetails = array();
8136 foreach ($lines as $linematchings) {
8137 // If there is any html-tag in this line, handle it and add it (uncounted) to the output.
8138 if (!empty($linematchings[1])) {
8139 // If it's an "empty element" with or without xhtml-conform closing slash (f.e. <br/>).
8140 if (!preg_match('/^<(\s*.+?\/\s*|\s*(img|br|input|hr|area|base|basefont|col|frame|isindex|link|meta|param)(\s.+?)?)>$/is', $linematchings[1])) {
8141 if (preg_match('/^<\s*\/([^\s]+?)\s*>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8142 // Record closing tag.
8143 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8145 'tag' => core_text
::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
8146 'pos' => core_text
::strlen($truncate),
8149 } else if (preg_match('/^<\s*([^\s>!]+).*?>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8150 // Record opening tag.
8151 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8153 'tag' => core_text
::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]),
8154 'pos' => core_text
::strlen($truncate),
8156 } else if (preg_match('/^<!--\[if\s.*?\]>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8157 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8159 'tag' => core_text
::strtolower('if'),
8160 'pos' => core_text
::strlen($truncate),
8162 } else if (preg_match('/^<!--<!\[endif\]-->$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) {
8163 $tagdetails[] = (object) array(
8165 'tag' => core_text
::strtolower('if'),
8166 'pos' => core_text
::strlen($truncate),
8170 // Add html-tag to $truncate'd text.
8171 $truncate .= $linematchings[1];
8174 // Calculate the length of the plain text part of the line; handle entities as one character.
8175 $contentlength = core_text
::strlen(preg_replace('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', ' ', $linematchings[2]));
8176 if ($totallength +
$contentlength > $ideal) {
8177 // The number of characters which are left.
8178 $left = $ideal - $totallength;
8179 $entitieslength = 0;
8180 // Search for html entities.
8181 if (preg_match_all('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', $linematchings[2], $entities, PREG_OFFSET_CAPTURE
)) {
8182 // Calculate the real length of all entities in the legal range.
8183 foreach ($entities[0] as $entity) {
8184 if ($entity[1]+
1-$entitieslength <= $left) {
8186 $entitieslength +
= core_text
::strlen($entity[0]);
8188 // No more characters left.
8193 $breakpos = $left +
$entitieslength;
8195 // If the words shouldn't be cut in the middle...
8197 // Search the last occurence of a space.
8198 for (; $breakpos > 0; $breakpos--) {
8199 if ($char = core_text
::substr($linematchings[2], $breakpos, 1)) {
8200 if ($char === '.' or $char === ' ') {
8203 } else if (strlen($char) > 2) {
8204 // Chinese/Japanese/Korean text can be truncated at any UTF-8 character boundary.
8211 if ($breakpos == 0) {
8212 // This deals with the test_shorten_text_no_spaces case.
8213 $breakpos = $left +
$entitieslength;
8214 } else if ($breakpos > $left +
$entitieslength) {
8215 // This deals with the previous for loop breaking on the first char.
8216 $breakpos = $left +
$entitieslength;
8219 $truncate .= core_text
::substr($linematchings[2], 0, $breakpos);
8220 // Maximum length is reached, so get off the loop.
8223 $truncate .= $linematchings[2];
8224 $totallength +
= $contentlength;
8227 // If the maximum length is reached, get off the loop.
8228 if ($totallength >= $ideal) {
8233 // Add the defined ending to the text.
8234 $truncate .= $ending;
8236 // Now calculate the list of open html tags based on the truncate position.
8237 $opentags = array();
8238 foreach ($tagdetails as $taginfo) {
8239 if ($taginfo->open
) {
8240 // Add tag to the beginning of $opentags list.
8241 array_unshift($opentags, $taginfo->tag
);
8243 // Can have multiple exact same open tags, close the last one.
8244 $pos = array_search($taginfo->tag
, array_reverse($opentags, true));
8245 if ($pos !== false) {
8246 unset($opentags[$pos]);
8251 // Close all unclosed html-tags.
8252 foreach ($opentags as $tag) {
8253 if ($tag === 'if') {
8254 $truncate .= '<!--<![endif]-->';
8256 $truncate .= '</' . $tag . '>';
8264 * Shortens a given filename by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length.
8265 * When the filename is too long, the file cannot be created on the filesystem due to exceeding max byte size.
8266 * Limiting the filename to a certain size (considering multibyte characters) will prevent this.
8268 * @param string $filename file name
8269 * @param int $length ideal string length
8270 * @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness.
8271 * @return string $shortened shortened file name
8273 function shorten_filename($filename, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE
, $includehash = false) {
8274 $shortened = $filename;
8275 // Extract a part of the filename if it's char size exceeds the ideal string length.
8276 if (core_text
::strlen($filename) > $length) {
8277 // Exclude extension if present in filename.
8278 $mimetypes = get_mimetypes_array();
8279 $extension = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_EXTENSION
);
8280 if ($extension && !empty($mimetypes[$extension])) {
8281 $basename = pathinfo($filename, PATHINFO_FILENAME
);
8282 $hash = empty($includehash) ?
'' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($basename), 0, 10);
8283 $shortened = core_text
::substr($basename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash;
8284 $shortened .= '.' . $extension;
8286 $hash = empty($includehash) ?
'' : ' - ' . substr(sha1($filename), 0, 10);
8287 $shortened = core_text
::substr($filename, 0, $length - strlen($hash)) . $hash;
8294 * Shortens a given array of filenames by removing characters positioned after the ideal string length.
8296 * @param array $path The paths to reduce the length.
8297 * @param int $length Ideal string length
8298 * @param bool $includehash Whether to include a file hash in the shortened version. This ensures uniqueness.
8299 * @return array $result Shortened paths in array.
8301 function shorten_filenames(array $path, $length = MAX_FILENAME_SIZE
, $includehash = false) {
8304 $result = array_reduce($path, function($carry, $singlepath) use ($length, $includehash) {
8305 $carry[] = shorten_filename($singlepath, $length, $includehash);
8313 * Given dates in seconds, how many weeks is the date from startdate
8314 * The first week is 1, the second 2 etc ...
8316 * @param int $startdate Timestamp for the start date
8317 * @param int $thedate Timestamp for the end date
8320 function getweek ($startdate, $thedate) {
8321 if ($thedate < $startdate) {
8325 return floor(($thedate - $startdate) / WEEKSECS
) +
1;
8329 * Returns a randomly generated password of length $maxlen. inspired by
8331 * {@link http://www.phpbuilder.com/columns/jesus19990502.php3} and
8332 * {@link http://es2.php.net/manual/en/function.str-shuffle.php#73254}
8334 * @param int $maxlen The maximum size of the password being generated.
8337 function generate_password($maxlen=10) {
8340 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy
)) {
8341 $fillers = PASSWORD_DIGITS
;
8342 $wordlist = file($CFG->wordlist
);
8343 $word1 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
8344 $word2 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]);
8345 $filler1 = $fillers[rand(0, strlen($fillers) - 1)];
8346 $password = $word1 . $filler1 . $word2;
8348 $minlen = !empty($CFG->minpasswordlength
) ?
$CFG->minpasswordlength
: 0;
8349 $digits = $CFG->minpassworddigits
;
8350 $lower = $CFG->minpasswordlower
;
8351 $upper = $CFG->minpasswordupper
;
8352 $nonalphanum = $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum
;
8353 $total = $lower +
$upper +
$digits +
$nonalphanum;
8354 // Var minlength should be the greater one of the two ( $minlen and $total ).
8355 $minlen = $minlen < $total ?
$total : $minlen;
8356 // Var maxlen can never be smaller than minlen.
8357 $maxlen = $minlen > $maxlen ?
$minlen : $maxlen;
8358 $additional = $maxlen - $total;
8360 // Make sure we have enough characters to fulfill
8361 // complexity requirements.
8362 $passworddigits = PASSWORD_DIGITS
;
8363 while ($digits > strlen($passworddigits)) {
8364 $passworddigits .= PASSWORD_DIGITS
;
8366 $passwordlower = PASSWORD_LOWER
;
8367 while ($lower > strlen($passwordlower)) {
8368 $passwordlower .= PASSWORD_LOWER
;
8370 $passwordupper = PASSWORD_UPPER
;
8371 while ($upper > strlen($passwordupper)) {
8372 $passwordupper .= PASSWORD_UPPER
;
8374 $passwordnonalphanum = PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM
;
8375 while ($nonalphanum > strlen($passwordnonalphanum)) {
8376 $passwordnonalphanum .= PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM
;
8379 // Now mix and shuffle it all.
8380 $password = str_shuffle (substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower), 0, $lower) .
8381 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordupper), 0, $upper) .
8382 substr(str_shuffle ($passworddigits), 0, $digits) .
8383 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $nonalphanum) .
8384 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower .
8387 $passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $additional));
8390 return substr ($password, 0, $maxlen);
8394 * Given a float, prints it nicely.
8395 * Localized floats must not be used in calculations!
8397 * The stripzeros feature is intended for making numbers look nicer in small
8398 * areas where it is not necessary to indicate the degree of accuracy by showing
8399 * ending zeros. If you turn it on with $decimalpoints set to 3, for example,
8400 * then it will display '5.4' instead of '5.400' or '5' instead of '5.000'.
8402 * @param float $float The float to print
8403 * @param int $decimalpoints The number of decimal places to print.
8404 * @param bool $localized use localized decimal separator
8405 * @param bool $stripzeros If true, removes final zeros after decimal point
8406 * @return string locale float
8408 function format_float($float, $decimalpoints=1, $localized=true, $stripzeros=false) {
8409 if (is_null($float)) {
8413 $separator = get_string('decsep', 'langconfig');
8417 $result = number_format($float, $decimalpoints, $separator, '');
8419 // Remove zeros and final dot if not needed.
8420 $result = preg_replace('~(' . preg_quote($separator) . ')?0+$~', '', $result);
8426 * Converts locale specific floating point/comma number back to standard PHP float value
8427 * Do NOT try to do any math operations before this conversion on any user submitted floats!
8429 * @param string $localefloat locale aware float representation
8430 * @param bool $strict If true, then check the input and return false if it is not a valid number.
8431 * @return mixed float|bool - false or the parsed float.
8433 function unformat_float($localefloat, $strict = false) {
8434 $localefloat = trim($localefloat);
8436 if ($localefloat == '') {
8440 $localefloat = str_replace(' ', '', $localefloat); // No spaces - those might be used as thousand separators.
8441 $localefloat = str_replace(get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'), '.', $localefloat);
8443 if ($strict && !is_numeric($localefloat)) {
8447 return (float)$localefloat;
8451 * Given a simple array, this shuffles it up just like shuffle()
8452 * Unlike PHP's shuffle() this function works on any machine.
8454 * @param array $array The array to be rearranged
8457 function swapshuffle($array) {
8459 $last = count($array) - 1;
8460 for ($i = 0; $i <= $last; $i++
) {
8461 $from = rand(0, $last);
8463 $array[$i] = $array[$from];
8464 $array[$from] = $curr;
8470 * Like {@link swapshuffle()}, but works on associative arrays
8472 * @param array $array The associative array to be rearranged
8475 function swapshuffle_assoc($array) {
8477 $newarray = array();
8478 $newkeys = swapshuffle(array_keys($array));
8480 foreach ($newkeys as $newkey) {
8481 $newarray[$newkey] = $array[$newkey];
8487 * Given an arbitrary array, and a number of draws,
8488 * this function returns an array with that amount
8489 * of items. The indexes are retained.
8491 * @todo Finish documenting this function
8493 * @param array $array
8497 function draw_rand_array($array, $draws) {
8501 $last = count($array);
8503 if ($draws > $last) {
8507 while ($draws > 0) {
8510 $keys = array_keys($array);
8511 $rand = rand(0, $last);
8513 $return[$keys[$rand]] = $array[$keys[$rand]];
8514 unset($array[$keys[$rand]]);
8523 * Calculate the difference between two microtimes
8525 * @param string $a The first Microtime
8526 * @param string $b The second Microtime
8529 function microtime_diff($a, $b) {
8530 list($adec, $asec) = explode(' ', $a);
8531 list($bdec, $bsec) = explode(' ', $b);
8532 return $bsec - $asec +
$bdec - $adec;
8536 * Given a list (eg a,b,c,d,e) this function returns
8537 * an array of 1->a, 2->b, 3->c etc
8539 * @param string $list The string to explode into array bits
8540 * @param string $separator The separator used within the list string
8541 * @return array The now assembled array
8543 function make_menu_from_list($list, $separator=',') {
8545 $array = array_reverse(explode($separator, $list), true);
8546 foreach ($array as $key => $item) {
8547 $outarray[$key+
1] = trim($item);
8553 * Creates an array that represents all the current grades that
8554 * can be chosen using the given grading type.
8557 * are scales, zero is no grade, and positive numbers are maximum
8560 * @todo Finish documenting this function or better deprecated this completely!
8562 * @param int $gradingtype
8565 function make_grades_menu($gradingtype) {
8569 if ($gradingtype < 0) {
8570 if ($scale = $DB->get_record('scale', array('id'=> (-$gradingtype)))) {
8571 return make_menu_from_list($scale->scale
);
8573 } else if ($gradingtype > 0) {
8574 for ($i=$gradingtype; $i>=0; $i--) {
8575 $grades[$i] = $i .' / '. $gradingtype;
8583 * make_unique_id_code
8585 * @todo Finish documenting this function
8588 * @param string $extra Extra string to append to the end of the code
8591 function make_unique_id_code($extra = '') {
8593 $hostname = 'unknownhost';
8594 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'])) {
8595 $hostname = $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'];
8596 } else if (!empty($_ENV['HTTP_HOST'])) {
8597 $hostname = $_ENV['HTTP_HOST'];
8598 } else if (!empty($_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'])) {
8599 $hostname = $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'];
8600 } else if (!empty($_ENV['SERVER_NAME'])) {
8601 $hostname = $_ENV['SERVER_NAME'];
8604 $date = gmdate("ymdHis");
8606 $random = random_string(6);
8609 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random .'+'. $extra;
8611 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random;
8617 * Function to check the passed address is within the passed subnet
8619 * The parameter is a comma separated string of subnet definitions.
8620 * Subnet strings can be in one of three formats:
8621 * 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn (number of bits in net mask)
8622 * 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy (a range of IP addresses in the last group)
8623 * 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx. (incomplete address, a bit non-technical ;-)
8624 * Code for type 1 modified from user posted comments by mediator at
8625 * {@link http://au.php.net/manual/en/function.ip2long.php}
8627 * @param string $addr The address you are checking
8628 * @param string $subnetstr The string of subnet addresses
8631 function address_in_subnet($addr, $subnetstr) {
8633 if ($addr == '0.0.0.0') {
8636 $subnets = explode(',', $subnetstr);
8638 $addr = trim($addr);
8639 $addr = cleanremoteaddr($addr, false); // Normalise.
8640 if ($addr === null) {
8643 $addrparts = explode(':', $addr);
8645 $ipv6 = strpos($addr, ':');
8647 foreach ($subnets as $subnet) {
8648 $subnet = trim($subnet);
8649 if ($subnet === '') {
8653 if (strpos($subnet, '/') !== false) {
8654 // 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn.
8655 list($ip, $mask) = explode('/', $subnet);
8656 $mask = trim($mask);
8657 if (!is_number($mask)) {
8658 continue; // Incorect mask number, eh?
8660 $ip = cleanremoteaddr($ip, false); // Normalise.
8664 if (strpos($ip, ':') !== false) {
8669 if ($mask > 128 or $mask < 0) {
8670 continue; // Nonsense.
8673 return true; // Any address.
8676 if ($ip === $addr) {
8681 $ipparts = explode(':', $ip);
8682 $modulo = $mask %
16;
8683 $ipnet = array_slice($ipparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
8684 $addrnet = array_slice($addrparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16);
8685 if (implode(':', $ipnet) === implode(':', $addrnet)) {
8689 $pos = ($mask-$modulo)/16;
8690 $ipnet = hexdec($ipparts[$pos]);
8691 $addrnet = hexdec($addrparts[$pos]);
8692 $mask = 0xffff << (16 - $modulo);
8693 if (($addrnet & $mask) == ($ipnet & $mask)) {
8703 if ($mask > 32 or $mask < 0) {
8704 continue; // Nonsense.
8710 if ($ip === $addr) {
8715 $mask = 0xffffffff << (32 - $mask);
8716 if (((ip2long($addr) & $mask) == (ip2long($ip) & $mask))) {
8721 } else if (strpos($subnet, '-') !== false) {
8722 // 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy. A range of IP addresses in the last group.
8723 $parts = explode('-', $subnet);
8724 if (count($parts) != 2) {
8728 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
8733 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
8734 if ($ipstart === null) {
8737 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipstart);
8738 $start = hexdec(array_pop($ipparts));
8739 $ipparts[] = trim($parts[1]);
8740 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode(':', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
8741 if ($ipend === null) {
8745 $ipnet = implode(':', $ipparts);
8746 if (strpos($addr, $ipnet) !== 0) {
8749 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipend);
8750 $end = hexdec($ipparts[7]);
8752 $addrend = hexdec($addrparts[7]);
8754 if (($addrend >= $start) and ($addrend <= $end)) {
8763 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise.
8764 if ($ipstart === null) {
8767 $ipparts = explode('.', $ipstart);
8768 $ipparts[3] = trim($parts[1]);
8769 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode('.', $ipparts), false); // Normalise.
8770 if ($ipend === null) {
8774 if ((ip2long($addr) >= ip2long($ipstart)) and (ip2long($addr) <= ip2long($ipend))) {
8780 // 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx.
8781 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) {
8786 $parts = explode(':', $subnet);
8787 $count = count($parts);
8788 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
8789 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing :'s.
8791 $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
8793 $isip = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
8794 if ($isip !== null) {
8795 if ($isip === $addr) {
8799 } else if ($count > 8) {
8802 $zeros = array_fill(0, 8-$count, '0');
8803 $subnet = $subnet.':'.implode(':', $zeros).'/'.($count*16);
8804 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
8813 $parts = explode('.', $subnet);
8814 $count = count($parts);
8815 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') {
8816 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing .
8818 $subnet = implode('.', $parts);
8821 $subnet = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise.
8822 if ($subnet === $addr) {
8826 } else if ($count > 4) {
8829 $zeros = array_fill(0, 4-$count, '0');
8830 $subnet = $subnet.'.'.implode('.', $zeros).'/'.($count*8);
8831 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) {
8842 * For outputting debugging info
8844 * @param string $string The string to write
8845 * @param string $eol The end of line char(s) to use
8846 * @param string $sleep Period to make the application sleep
8847 * This ensures any messages have time to display before redirect
8849 function mtrace($string, $eol="\n", $sleep=0) {
8852 if (isset($CFG->mtrace_wrapper
) && function_exists($CFG->mtrace_wrapper
)) {
8853 $fn = $CFG->mtrace_wrapper
;
8856 } else if (defined('STDOUT') && !PHPUNIT_TEST
&& !defined('BEHAT_TEST')) {
8857 fwrite(STDOUT
, $string.$eol);
8859 echo $string . $eol;
8864 // Delay to keep message on user's screen in case of subsequent redirect.
8871 * Replace 1 or more slashes or backslashes to 1 slash
8873 * @param string $path The path to strip
8874 * @return string the path with double slashes removed
8876 function cleardoubleslashes ($path) {
8877 return preg_replace('/(\/|\\\){1,}/', '/', $path);
8881 * Is current ip in give list?
8883 * @param string $list
8886 function remoteip_in_list($list) {
8888 $clientip = getremoteaddr(null);
8891 // Ensure access on cli.
8895 $list = explode("\n", $list);
8896 foreach ($list as $subnet) {
8897 $subnet = trim($subnet);
8898 if (address_in_subnet($clientip, $subnet)) {
8907 * Returns most reliable client address
8909 * @param string $default If an address can't be determined, then return this
8910 * @return string The remote IP address
8912 function getremoteaddr($default='0.0.0.0') {
8915 if (empty($CFG->getremoteaddrconf
)) {
8916 // This will happen, for example, before just after the upgrade, as the
8917 // user is redirected to the admin screen.
8918 $variablestoskip = 0;
8920 $variablestoskip = $CFG->getremoteaddrconf
;
8922 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP
)) {
8923 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP'])) {
8924 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP']);
8925 return $address ?
$address : $default;
8928 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR
)) {
8929 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'])) {
8930 $forwardedaddresses = explode(",", $_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR']);
8931 $address = $forwardedaddresses[0];
8933 if (substr_count($address, ":") > 1) {
8934 // Remove port and brackets from IPv6.
8935 if (preg_match("/\[(.*)\]:/", $address, $matches)) {
8936 $address = $matches[1];
8939 // Remove port from IPv4.
8940 if (substr_count($address, ":") == 1) {
8941 $parts = explode(":", $address);
8942 $address = $parts[0];
8946 $address = cleanremoteaddr($address);
8947 return $address ?
$address : $default;
8950 if (!empty($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) {
8951 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']);
8952 return $address ?
$address : $default;
8959 * Cleans an ip address. Internal addresses are now allowed.
8960 * (Originally local addresses were not allowed.)
8962 * @param string $addr IPv4 or IPv6 address
8963 * @param bool $compress use IPv6 address compression
8964 * @return string normalised ip address string, null if error
8966 function cleanremoteaddr($addr, $compress=false) {
8967 $addr = trim($addr);
8969 if (strpos($addr, ':') !== false) {
8970 // Can be only IPv6.
8971 $parts = explode(':', $addr);
8972 $count = count($parts);
8974 if (strpos($parts[$count-1], '.') !== false) {
8975 // Legacy ipv4 notation.
8976 $last = array_pop($parts);
8977 $ipv4 = cleanremoteaddr($last, true);
8978 if ($ipv4 === null) {
8981 $bits = explode('.', $ipv4);
8982 $parts[] = dechex($bits[0]).dechex($bits[1]);
8983 $parts[] = dechex($bits[2]).dechex($bits[3]);
8984 $count = count($parts);
8985 $addr = implode(':', $parts);
8988 if ($count < 3 or $count > 8) {
8989 return null; // Severly malformed.
8993 if (strpos($addr, '::') === false) {
8994 return null; // Malformed.
8997 $insertat = array_search('', $parts, true);
8998 $missing = array_fill(0, 1 +
8 - $count, '0');
8999 array_splice($parts, $insertat, 1, $missing);
9000 foreach ($parts as $key => $part) {
9007 $adr = implode(':', $parts);
9008 if (!preg_match('/^([0-9a-f]{1,4})(:[0-9a-f]{1,4})*$/i', $adr)) {
9009 return null; // Incorrect format - sorry.
9012 // Normalise 0s and case.
9013 $parts = array_map('hexdec', $parts);
9014 $parts = array_map('dechex', $parts);
9016 $result = implode(':', $parts);
9022 if ($result === '0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0') {
9023 return '::'; // All addresses.
9026 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0)+:0$/', '::', $result, 1);
9027 if ($compressed !== $result) {
9031 $compressed = preg_replace('/^(0:){2,7}/', '::', $result, 1);
9032 if ($compressed !== $result) {
9036 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0){2,6}:/', '::', $result, 1);
9037 if ($compressed !== $result) {
9044 // First get all things that look like IPv4 addresses.
9046 if (!preg_match('/^(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})$/', $addr, $parts)) {
9051 foreach ($parts as $key => $match) {
9055 $parts[$key] = (int)$match; // Normalise 0s.
9058 return implode('.', $parts);
9063 * Is IP address a public address?
9065 * @param string $ip The ip to check
9066 * @return bool true if the ip is public
9068 function ip_is_public($ip) {
9069 return (bool) filter_var($ip, FILTER_VALIDATE_IP
, (FILTER_FLAG_NO_PRIV_RANGE | FILTER_FLAG_NO_RES_RANGE
));
9073 * This function will make a complete copy of anything it's given,
9074 * regardless of whether it's an object or not.
9076 * @param mixed $thing Something you want cloned
9077 * @return mixed What ever it is you passed it
9079 function fullclone($thing) {
9080 return unserialize(serialize($thing));
9084 * Used to make sure that $min <= $value <= $max
9086 * Make sure that value is between min, and max
9088 * @param int $min The minimum value
9089 * @param int $value The value to check
9090 * @param int $max The maximum value
9093 function bounded_number($min, $value, $max) {
9094 if ($value < $min) {
9097 if ($value > $max) {
9104 * Check if there is a nested array within the passed array
9106 * @param array $array
9107 * @return bool true if there is a nested array false otherwise
9109 function array_is_nested($array) {
9110 foreach ($array as $value) {
9111 if (is_array($value)) {
9119 * get_performance_info() pairs up with init_performance_info()
9120 * loaded in setup.php. Returns an array with 'html' and 'txt'
9121 * values ready for use, and each of the individual stats provided
9122 * separately as well.
9126 function get_performance_info() {
9127 global $CFG, $PERF, $DB, $PAGE;
9130 $info['txt'] = me() . ' '; // Holds log-friendly representation.
9133 if (!empty($CFG->themedesignermode
)) {
9134 // Attempt to avoid devs debugging peformance issues, when its caused by css building and so on.
9135 $info['html'] .= '<p><strong>Warning: Theme designer mode is enabled.</strong></p>';
9137 $info['html'] .= '<ul class="list-unstyled m-l-1 row">'; // Holds userfriendly HTML representation.
9139 $info['realtime'] = microtime_diff($PERF->starttime
, microtime());
9141 $info['html'] .= '<li class="timeused col-sm-4">'.$info['realtime'].' secs</li> ';
9142 $info['txt'] .= 'time: '.$info['realtime'].'s ';
9144 if (function_exists('memory_get_usage')) {
9145 $info['memory_total'] = memory_get_usage();
9146 $info['memory_growth'] = memory_get_usage() - $PERF->startmemory
;
9147 $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM: '.display_size($info['memory_total']).'</li> ';
9148 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_total: '.$info['memory_total'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_total']).') memory_growth: '.
9149 $info['memory_growth'].'B ('.display_size($info['memory_growth']).') ';
9152 if (function_exists('memory_get_peak_usage')) {
9153 $info['memory_peak'] = memory_get_peak_usage();
9154 $info['html'] .= '<li class="memoryused col-sm-4">RAM peak: '.display_size($info['memory_peak']).'</li> ';
9155 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_peak: '.$info['memory_peak'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_peak']).') ';
9158 $info['html'] .= '</ul><ul class="list-unstyled m-l-1 row">';
9159 $inc = get_included_files();
9160 $info['includecount'] = count($inc);
9161 $info['html'] .= '<li class="included col-sm-4">Included '.$info['includecount'].' files</li> ';
9162 $info['txt'] .= 'includecount: '.$info['includecount'].' ';
9164 if (!empty($CFG->early_install_lang
) or empty($PAGE)) {
9165 // We can not track more performance before installation or before PAGE init, sorry.
9169 $filtermanager = filter_manager
::instance();
9170 if (method_exists($filtermanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
9171 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $filtermanager->get_performance_summary();
9172 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
9173 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
9174 $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
9175 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
9179 $stringmanager = get_string_manager();
9180 if (method_exists($stringmanager, 'get_performance_summary')) {
9181 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $stringmanager->get_performance_summary();
9182 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info);
9183 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) {
9184 $info['html'] .= "<li class='$key col-sm-4'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </li> ";
9185 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value ";
9189 if (!empty($PERF->logwrites
)) {
9190 $info['logwrites'] = $PERF->logwrites
;
9191 $info['html'] .= '<li class="logwrites col-sm-4">Log DB writes '.$info['logwrites'].'</li> ';
9192 $info['txt'] .= 'logwrites: '.$info['logwrites'].' ';
9195 $info['dbqueries'] = $DB->perf_get_reads().'/'.($DB->perf_get_writes() - $PERF->logwrites
);
9196 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbqueries col-sm-4">DB reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].'</li> ';
9197 $info['txt'] .= 'db reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].' ';
9199 $info['dbtime'] = round($DB->perf_get_queries_time(), 5);
9200 $info['html'] .= '<li class="dbtime col-sm-4">DB queries time: '.$info['dbtime'].' secs</li> ';
9201 $info['txt'] .= 'db queries time: ' . $info['dbtime'] . 's ';
9203 if (function_exists('posix_times')) {
9204 $ptimes = posix_times();
9205 if (is_array($ptimes)) {
9206 foreach ($ptimes as $key => $val) {
9207 $info[$key] = $ptimes[$key] - $PERF->startposixtimes
[$key];
9209 $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"posixtimes col-sm-4\">ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime]";
9210 $info['html'] .= "sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime]</li> ";
9211 $info['txt'] .= "ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] ";
9215 // Grab the load average for the last minute.
9216 // /proc will only work under some linux configurations
9217 // while uptime is there under MacOSX/Darwin and other unices.
9218 if (is_readable('/proc/loadavg') && $loadavg = @file
('/proc/loadavg')) {
9219 list($serverload) = explode(' ', $loadavg[0]);
9221 } else if ( function_exists('is_executable') && is_executable('/usr/bin/uptime') && $loadavg = `
/usr
/bin
/uptime`
) {
9222 if (preg_match('/load averages?: (\d+[\.,:]\d+)/', $loadavg, $matches)) {
9223 $serverload = $matches[1];
9225 trigger_error('Could not parse uptime output!');
9228 if (!empty($serverload)) {
9229 $info['serverload'] = $serverload;
9230 $info['html'] .= '<li class="serverload col-sm-4">Load average: '.$info['serverload'].'</li> ';
9231 $info['txt'] .= "serverload: {$info['serverload']} ";
9234 // Display size of session if session started.
9235 if ($si = \core\session\manager
::get_performance_info()) {
9236 $info['sessionsize'] = $si['size'];
9237 $info['html'] .= "<li class=\"serverload col-sm-4\">" . $si['html'] . "</li>";
9238 $info['txt'] .= $si['txt'];
9241 $info['html'] .= '</ul>';
9242 if ($stats = cache_helper
::get_stats()) {
9243 $html = '<ul class="cachesused list-unstyled m-l-1 row">';
9244 $html .= '<li class="cache-stats-heading font-weight-bold">Caches used (hits/misses/sets)</li>';
9245 $html .= '</ul><ul class="cachesused list-unstyled m-l-1">';
9246 $text = 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): ';
9250 foreach ($stats as $definition => $details) {
9251 switch ($details['mode']) {
9252 case cache_store
::MODE_APPLICATION
:
9253 $modeclass = 'application';
9254 $mode = ' <span title="application cache">[a]</span>';
9256 case cache_store
::MODE_SESSION
:
9257 $modeclass = 'session';
9258 $mode = ' <span title="session cache">[s]</span>';
9260 case cache_store
::MODE_REQUEST
:
9261 $modeclass = 'request';
9262 $mode = ' <span title="request cache">[r]</span>';
9265 $html .= '<ul class="cache-definition-stats list-unstyled m-l-1 m-b-1 cache-mode-'.$modeclass.' card d-inline-block">';
9266 $html .= '<li class="cache-definition-stats-heading p-t-1 card-header bg-dark bg-inverse font-weight-bold">' .
9267 $definition . $mode.'</li>';
9268 $text .= "$definition {";
9269 foreach ($details['stores'] as $store => $data) {
9270 $hits +
= $data['hits'];
9271 $misses +
= $data['misses'];
9272 $sets +
= $data['sets'];
9273 if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) {
9274 $cachestoreclass = 'nohits text-danger';
9275 } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) {
9276 $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits text-warning';
9278 $cachestoreclass = 'hihits text-success';
9280 $text .= "$store($data[hits]/$data[misses]/$data[sets]) ";
9281 $html .= "<li class=\"cache-store-stats $cachestoreclass p-x-1\">" .
9282 "$store: $data[hits] / $data[misses] / $data[sets]</li>";
9283 // This makes boxes of same sizes.
9284 if (count($details['stores']) == 1) {
9285 $html .= "<li class=\"cache-store-stats $cachestoreclass p-x-1\"> </li>";
9292 $html .= "<div class='cache-total-stats row'>Total: $hits / $misses / $sets</div>";
9293 $info['cachesused'] = "$hits / $misses / $sets";
9294 $info['html'] .= $html;
9295 $info['txt'] .= $text.'. ';
9297 $info['cachesused'] = '0 / 0 / 0';
9298 $info['html'] .= '<div class="cachesused">Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0</div>';
9299 $info['txt'] .= 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0 ';
9302 $info['html'] = '<div class="performanceinfo siteinfo container-fluid">'.$info['html'].'</div>';
9307 * Delete directory or only its content
9309 * @param string $dir directory path
9310 * @param bool $contentonly
9311 * @return bool success, true also if dir does not exist
9313 function remove_dir($dir, $contentonly=false) {
9314 if (!file_exists($dir)) {
9318 if (!$handle = opendir($dir)) {
9322 while (false!==($item = readdir($handle))) {
9323 if ($item != '.' && $item != '..') {
9324 if (is_dir($dir.'/'.$item)) {
9325 $result = remove_dir($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
9327 $result = unlink($dir.'/'.$item) && $result;
9333 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
9336 $result = rmdir($dir); // If anything left the result will be false, no need for && $result.
9337 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated.
9342 * Detect if an object or a class contains a given property
9343 * will take an actual object or the name of a class
9345 * @param mix $obj Name of class or real object to test
9346 * @param string $property name of property to find
9347 * @return bool true if property exists
9349 function object_property_exists( $obj, $property ) {
9350 if (is_string( $obj )) {
9351 $properties = get_class_vars( $obj );
9353 $properties = get_object_vars( $obj );
9355 return array_key_exists( $property, $properties );
9359 * Converts an object into an associative array
9361 * This function converts an object into an associative array by iterating
9362 * over its public properties. Because this function uses the foreach
9363 * construct, Iterators are respected. It works recursively on arrays of objects.
9364 * Arrays and simple values are returned as is.
9366 * If class has magic properties, it can implement IteratorAggregate
9367 * and return all available properties in getIterator()
9372 function convert_to_array($var) {
9375 // Loop over elements/properties.
9376 foreach ($var as $key => $value) {
9377 // Recursively convert objects.
9378 if (is_object($value) ||
is_array($value)) {
9379 $result[$key] = convert_to_array($value);
9381 // Simple values are untouched.
9382 $result[$key] = $value;
9389 * Detect a custom script replacement in the data directory that will
9390 * replace an existing moodle script
9392 * @return string|bool full path name if a custom script exists, false if no custom script exists
9394 function custom_script_path() {
9395 global $CFG, $SCRIPT;
9397 if ($SCRIPT === null) {
9398 // Probably some weird external script.
9402 $scriptpath = $CFG->customscripts
. $SCRIPT;
9404 // Check the custom script exists.
9405 if (file_exists($scriptpath) and is_file($scriptpath)) {
9413 * Returns whether or not the user object is a remote MNET user. This function
9414 * is in moodlelib because it does not rely on loading any of the MNET code.
9416 * @param object $user A valid user object
9417 * @return bool True if the user is from a remote Moodle.
9419 function is_mnet_remote_user($user) {
9422 if (!isset($CFG->mnet_localhost_id
)) {
9423 include_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/mnet/lib.php');
9424 $env = new mnet_environment();
9429 return (!empty($user->mnethostid
) && $user->mnethostid
!= $CFG->mnet_localhost_id
);
9433 * This function will search for browser prefereed languages, setting Moodle
9434 * to use the best one available if $SESSION->lang is undefined
9436 function setup_lang_from_browser() {
9437 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER;
9439 if (!empty($SESSION->lang
) or !empty($USER->lang
) or empty($CFG->autolang
)) {
9440 // Lang is defined in session or user profile, nothing to do.
9444 if (!isset($_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'])) { // There isn't list of browser langs, nothing to do.
9448 // Extract and clean langs from headers.
9449 $rawlangs = $_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'];
9450 $rawlangs = str_replace('-', '_', $rawlangs); // We are using underscores.
9451 $rawlangs = explode(',', $rawlangs); // Convert to array.
9455 foreach ($rawlangs as $lang) {
9456 if (strpos($lang, ';') === false) {
9457 $langs[(string)$order] = $lang;
9458 $order = $order-0.01;
9460 $parts = explode(';', $lang);
9461 $pos = strpos($parts[1], '=');
9462 $langs[substr($parts[1], $pos+
1)] = $parts[0];
9465 krsort($langs, SORT_NUMERIC
);
9467 // Look for such langs under standard locations.
9468 foreach ($langs as $lang) {
9469 // Clean it properly for include.
9470 $lang = strtolower(clean_param($lang, PARAM_SAFEDIR
));
9471 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang, false)) {
9472 // Lang exists, set it in session.
9473 $SESSION->lang
= $lang;
9474 // We have finished. Go out.
9482 * Check if $url matches anything in proxybypass list
9484 * Any errors just result in the proxy being used (least bad)
9486 * @param string $url url to check
9487 * @return boolean true if we should bypass the proxy
9489 function is_proxybypass( $url ) {
9493 if (empty($CFG->proxyhost
) or empty($CFG->proxybypass
)) {
9497 // Get the host part out of the url.
9498 if (!$host = parse_url( $url, PHP_URL_HOST
)) {
9502 // Get the possible bypass hosts into an array.
9503 $matches = explode( ',', $CFG->proxybypass
);
9505 // Check for a match.
9506 // (IPs need to match the left hand side and hosts the right of the url,
9507 // but we can recklessly check both as there can't be a false +ve).
9508 foreach ($matches as $match) {
9509 $match = trim($match);
9511 // Try for IP match (Left side).
9512 $lhs = substr($host, 0, strlen($match));
9513 if (strcasecmp($match, $lhs)==0) {
9517 // Try for host match (Right side).
9518 $rhs = substr($host, -strlen($match));
9519 if (strcasecmp($match, $rhs)==0) {
9529 * Check if the passed navigation is of the new style
9531 * @param mixed $navigation
9532 * @return bool true for yes false for no
9534 function is_newnav($navigation) {
9535 if (is_array($navigation) && !empty($navigation['newnav'])) {
9543 * Checks whether the given variable name is defined as a variable within the given object.
9545 * This will NOT work with stdClass objects, which have no class variables.
9547 * @param string $var The variable name
9548 * @param object $object The object to check
9551 function in_object_vars($var, $object) {
9552 $classvars = get_class_vars(get_class($object));
9553 $classvars = array_keys($classvars);
9554 return in_array($var, $classvars);
9558 * Returns an array without repeated objects.
9559 * This function is similar to array_unique, but for arrays that have objects as values
9561 * @param array $array
9562 * @param bool $keepkeyassoc
9565 function object_array_unique($array, $keepkeyassoc = true) {
9566 $duplicatekeys = array();
9569 foreach ($array as $key => $val) {
9570 // Convert objects to arrays, in_array() does not support objects.
9571 if (is_object($val)) {
9575 if (!in_array($val, $tmp)) {
9578 $duplicatekeys[] = $key;
9582 foreach ($duplicatekeys as $key) {
9583 unset($array[$key]);
9586 return $keepkeyassoc ?
$array : array_values($array);
9590 * Is a userid the primary administrator?
9592 * @param int $userid int id of user to check
9595 function is_primary_admin($userid) {
9596 $primaryadmin = get_admin();
9598 if ($userid == $primaryadmin->id
) {
9606 * Returns the site identifier
9608 * @return string $CFG->siteidentifier, first making sure it is properly initialised.
9610 function get_site_identifier() {
9612 // Check to see if it is missing. If so, initialise it.
9613 if (empty($CFG->siteidentifier
)) {
9614 set_config('siteidentifier', random_string(32) . $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']);
9617 return $CFG->siteidentifier
;
9621 * Check whether the given password has no more than the specified
9622 * number of consecutive identical characters.
9624 * @param string $password password to be checked against the password policy
9625 * @param integer $maxchars maximum number of consecutive identical characters
9628 function check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $maxchars) {
9630 if ($maxchars < 1) {
9631 return true; // Zero 0 is to disable this check.
9633 if (strlen($password) <= $maxchars) {
9634 return true; // Too short to fail this test.
9638 $consecutivecount = 1;
9639 foreach (str_split($password) as $char) {
9640 if ($char != $previouschar) {
9641 $consecutivecount = 1;
9643 $consecutivecount++
;
9644 if ($consecutivecount > $maxchars) {
9645 return false; // Check failed already.
9649 $previouschar = $char;
9656 * Helper function to do partial function binding.
9657 * so we can use it for preg_replace_callback, for example
9658 * this works with php functions, user functions, static methods and class methods
9659 * it returns you a callback that you can pass on like so:
9661 * $callback = partial('somefunction', $arg1, $arg2);
9663 * $callback = partial(array('someclass', 'somestaticmethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
9665 * $obj = new someclass();
9666 * $callback = partial(array($obj, 'somemethod'), $arg1, $arg2);
9668 * and then the arguments that are passed through at calltime are appended to the argument list.
9670 * @param mixed $function a php callback
9671 * @param mixed $arg1,... $argv arguments to partially bind with
9672 * @return array Array callback
9674 function partial() {
9675 if (!class_exists('partial')) {
9677 * Used to manage function binding.
9678 * @copyright 2009 Penny Leach
9679 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9683 public $values = array();
9684 /** @var string The function to call as a callback. */
9688 * @param string $func
9689 * @param array $args
9691 public function __construct($func, $args) {
9692 $this->values
= $args;
9693 $this->func
= $func;
9696 * Calls the callback function.
9699 public function method() {
9700 $args = func_get_args();
9701 return call_user_func_array($this->func
, array_merge($this->values
, $args));
9705 $args = func_get_args();
9706 $func = array_shift($args);
9707 $p = new partial($func, $args);
9708 return array($p, 'method');
9712 * helper function to load up and initialise the mnet environment
9713 * this must be called before you use mnet functions.
9715 * @return mnet_environment the equivalent of old $MNET global
9717 function get_mnet_environment() {
9719 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/mnet/lib.php');
9720 static $instance = null;
9721 if (empty($instance)) {
9722 $instance = new mnet_environment();
9729 * during xmlrpc server code execution, any code wishing to access
9730 * information about the remote peer must use this to get it.
9732 * @return mnet_remote_client the equivalent of old $MNETREMOTE_CLIENT global
9734 function get_mnet_remote_client() {
9735 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
9736 debugging(get_string('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet'));
9739 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9740 if (isset($MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT)) {
9741 return $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9747 * during the xmlrpc server code execution, this will be called
9748 * to setup the object returned by {@link get_mnet_remote_client}
9750 * @param mnet_remote_client $client the client to set up
9751 * @throws moodle_exception
9753 function set_mnet_remote_client($client) {
9754 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) {
9755 throw new moodle_exception('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet');
9757 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT;
9758 $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT = $client;
9762 * return the jump url for a given remote user
9763 * this is used for rewriting forum post links in emails, etc
9765 * @param stdclass $user the user to get the idp url for
9767 function mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user) {
9770 static $mnetjumps = array();
9771 if (!array_key_exists($user->mnethostid
, $mnetjumps)) {
9772 $idp = mnet_get_peer_host($user->mnethostid
);
9773 $idpjumppath = mnet_get_app_jumppath($idp->applicationid
);
9774 $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid
] = $idp->wwwroot
. $idpjumppath . '?hostwwwroot=' . $CFG->wwwroot
. '&wantsurl=';
9776 return $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid
];
9780 * Gets the homepage to use for the current user
9782 * @return int One of HOMEPAGE_*
9784 function get_home_page() {
9787 if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser() && !empty($CFG->defaulthomepage
)) {
9788 if ($CFG->defaulthomepage
== HOMEPAGE_MY
) {
9791 return (int)get_user_preferences('user_home_page_preference', HOMEPAGE_MY
);
9794 return HOMEPAGE_SITE
;
9798 * Gets the name of a course to be displayed when showing a list of courses.
9799 * By default this is just $course->fullname but user can configure it. The
9800 * result of this function should be passed through print_string.
9801 * @param stdClass|course_in_list $course Moodle course object
9802 * @return string Display name of course (either fullname or short + fullname)
9804 function get_course_display_name_for_list($course) {
9806 if (!empty($CFG->courselistshortnames
)) {
9807 if (!($course instanceof stdClass
)) {
9808 $course = (object)convert_to_array($course);
9810 return get_string('courseextendednamedisplay', '', $course);
9812 return $course->fullname
;
9817 * Safe analogue of unserialize() that can only parse arrays
9819 * Arrays may contain only integers or strings as both keys and values. Nested arrays are allowed.
9820 * Note: If any string (key or value) has semicolon (;) as part of the string parsing will fail.
9821 * This is a simple method to substitute unnecessary unserialize() in code and not intended to cover all possible cases.
9823 * @param string $expression
9824 * @return array|bool either parsed array or false if parsing was impossible.
9826 function unserialize_array($expression) {
9828 // Find nested arrays, parse them and store in $subs , substitute with special string.
9829 while (preg_match('/([\^;\}])(a:\d+:\{[^\{\}]*\})/', $expression, $matches) && strlen($matches[2]) < strlen($expression)) {
9830 $key = '--SUB' . count($subs) . '--';
9831 $subs[$key] = unserialize_array($matches[2]);
9832 if ($subs[$key] === false) {
9835 $expression = str_replace($matches[2], $key . ';', $expression);
9838 // Check the expression is an array.
9839 if (!preg_match('/^a:(\d+):\{([^\}]*)\}$/', $expression, $matches1)) {
9842 // Get the size and elements of an array (key;value;key;value;....).
9843 $parts = explode(';', $matches1[2]);
9844 $size = intval($matches1[1]);
9845 if (count($parts) < $size * 2 +
1) {
9848 // Analyze each part and make sure it is an integer or string or a substitute.
9850 for ($i = 0; $i < $size * 2; $i++
) {
9851 if (preg_match('/^i:(\d+)$/', $parts[$i], $matches2)) {
9852 $parts[$i] = (int)$matches2[1];
9853 } else if (preg_match('/^s:(\d+):"(.*)"$/', $parts[$i], $matches3) && strlen($matches3[2]) == (int)$matches3[1]) {
9854 $parts[$i] = $matches3[2];
9855 } else if (preg_match('/^--SUB\d+--$/', $parts[$i])) {
9856 $parts[$i] = $subs[$parts[$i]];
9861 // Combine keys and values.
9862 for ($i = 0; $i < $size * 2; $i +
= 2) {
9863 $value[$parts[$i]] = $parts[$i+
1];
9869 * The lang_string class
9871 * This special class is used to create an object representation of a string request.
9872 * It is special because processing doesn't occur until the object is first used.
9873 * The class was created especially to aid performance in areas where strings were
9874 * required to be generated but were not necessarily used.
9875 * As an example the admin tree when generated uses over 1500 strings, of which
9876 * normally only 1/3 are ever actually printed at any time.
9877 * The performance advantage is achieved by not actually processing strings that
9878 * arn't being used, as such reducing the processing required for the page.
9880 * How to use the lang_string class?
9881 * There are two methods of using the lang_string class, first through the
9882 * forth argument of the get_string function, and secondly directly.
9883 * The following are examples of both.
9884 * 1. Through get_string calls e.g.
9885 * $string = get_string($identifier, $component, $a, true);
9886 * $string = get_string('yes', 'moodle', null, true);
9887 * 2. Direct instantiation
9888 * $string = new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a, $lang);
9889 * $string = new lang_string('yes');
9891 * How do I use a lang_string object?
9892 * The lang_string object makes use of a magic __toString method so that you
9893 * are able to use the object exactly as you would use a string in most cases.
9894 * This means you are able to collect it into a variable and then directly
9895 * echo it, or concatenate it into another string, or similar.
9896 * The other thing you can do is manually get the string by calling the
9897 * lang_strings out method e.g.
9898 * $string = new lang_string('yes');
9900 * Also worth noting is that the out method can take one argument, $lang which
9901 * allows the developer to change the language on the fly.
9903 * When should I use a lang_string object?
9904 * The lang_string object is designed to be used in any situation where a
9905 * string may not be needed, but needs to be generated.
9906 * The admin tree is a good example of where lang_string objects should be
9908 * A more practical example would be any class that requries strings that may
9909 * not be printed (after all classes get renderer by renderers and who knows
9910 * what they will do ;))
9912 * When should I not use a lang_string object?
9913 * Don't use lang_strings when you are going to use a string immediately.
9914 * There is no need as it will be processed immediately and there will be no
9915 * advantage, and in fact perhaps a negative hit as a class has to be
9916 * instantiated for a lang_string object, however get_string won't require
9920 * 1. You cannot use a lang_string object as an array offset. Doing so will
9921 * result in PHP throwing an error. (You can use it as an object property!)
9925 * @copyright 2011 Sam Hemelryk
9926 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9930 /** @var string The strings identifier */
9931 protected $identifier;
9932 /** @var string The strings component. Default '' */
9933 protected $component = '';
9934 /** @var array|stdClass Any arguments required for the string. Default null */
9935 protected $a = null;
9936 /** @var string The language to use when processing the string. Default null */
9937 protected $lang = null;
9939 /** @var string The processed string (once processed) */
9940 protected $string = null;
9943 * A special boolean. If set to true then the object has been woken up and
9944 * cannot be regenerated. If this is set then $this->string MUST be used.
9947 protected $forcedstring = false;
9950 * Constructs a lang_string object
9952 * This function should do as little processing as possible to ensure the best
9953 * performance for strings that won't be used.
9955 * @param string $identifier The strings identifier
9956 * @param string $component The strings component
9957 * @param stdClass|array $a Any arguments the string requires
9958 * @param string $lang The language to use when processing the string.
9959 * @throws coding_exception
9961 public function __construct($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lang = null) {
9962 if (empty($component)) {
9963 $component = 'moodle';
9966 $this->identifier
= $identifier;
9967 $this->component
= $component;
9968 $this->lang
= $lang;
9970 // We MUST duplicate $a to ensure that it if it changes by reference those
9971 // changes are not carried across.
9972 // To do this we always ensure $a or its properties/values are strings
9973 // and that any properties/values that arn't convertable are forgotten.
9975 if (is_scalar($a)) {
9977 } else if ($a instanceof lang_string
) {
9978 $this->a
= $a->out();
9979 } else if (is_object($a) or is_array($a)) {
9982 foreach ($a as $key => $value) {
9983 // Make sure conversion errors don't get displayed (results in '').
9984 if (is_array($value)) {
9985 $this->a
[$key] = '';
9986 } else if (is_object($value)) {
9987 if (method_exists($value, '__toString')) {
9988 $this->a
[$key] = $value->__toString();
9990 $this->a
[$key] = '';
9993 $this->a
[$key] = (string)$value;
9999 if (debugging(false, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
)) {
10000 if (clean_param($this->identifier
, PARAM_STRINGID
) == '') {
10001 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition');
10003 if (!empty($this->component
) && clean_param($this->component
, PARAM_COMPONENT
) == '') {
10004 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string compontent. Please check your string definition');
10006 if (!get_string_manager()->string_exists($this->identifier
, $this->component
)) {
10007 debugging('String does not exist. Please check your string definition for '.$this->identifier
.'/'.$this->component
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
10013 * Processes the string.
10015 * This function actually processes the string, stores it in the string property
10016 * and then returns it.
10017 * You will notice that this function is VERY similar to the get_string method.
10018 * That is because it is pretty much doing the same thing.
10019 * However as this function is an upgrade it isn't as tolerant to backwards
10023 * @throws coding_exception
10025 protected function get_string() {
10028 // Check if we need to process the string.
10029 if ($this->string === null) {
10030 // Check the quality of the identifier.
10031 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
&& clean_param($this->identifier
, PARAM_STRINGID
) === '') {
10032 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
10035 // Process the string.
10036 $this->string = get_string_manager()->get_string($this->identifier
, $this->component
, $this->a
, $this->lang
);
10037 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component.
10038 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids
) && $CFG->debugstringids
&& optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT
)) {
10039 $this->string .= ' {' . $this->identifier
. '/' . $this->component
. '}';
10042 // Return the string.
10043 return $this->string;
10047 * Returns the string
10049 * @param string $lang The langauge to use when processing the string
10052 public function out($lang = null) {
10053 if ($lang !== null && $lang != $this->lang
&& ($this->lang
== null && $lang != current_language())) {
10054 if ($this->forcedstring
) {
10055 debugging('lang_string objects that have been used cannot be printed in another language. ('.$this->lang
.' used)', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
10056 return $this->get_string();
10058 $translatedstring = new lang_string($this->identifier
, $this->component
, $this->a
, $lang);
10059 return $translatedstring->out();
10061 return $this->get_string();
10065 * Magic __toString method for printing a string
10069 public function __toString() {
10070 return $this->get_string();
10074 * Magic __set_state method used for var_export
10078 public function __set_state() {
10079 return $this->get_string();
10083 * Prepares the lang_string for sleep and stores only the forcedstring and
10084 * string properties... the string cannot be regenerated so we need to ensure
10085 * it is generated for this.
10089 public function __sleep() {
10090 $this->get_string();
10091 $this->forcedstring
= true;
10092 return array('forcedstring', 'string', 'lang');
10096 * Returns the identifier.
10100 public function get_identifier() {
10101 return $this->identifier
;
10105 * Returns the component.
10109 public function get_component() {
10110 return $this->component
;